WO2020015503A1 - Method, device and system for selecting session management function network element - Google Patents

Method, device and system for selecting session management function network element Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2020015503A1
WO2020015503A1 PCT/CN2019/092894 CN2019092894W WO2020015503A1 WO 2020015503 A1 WO2020015503 A1 WO 2020015503A1 CN 2019092894 W CN2019092894 W CN 2019092894W WO 2020015503 A1 WO2020015503 A1 WO 2020015503A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
network element
function network
session management
management function
screening condition
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2019/092894
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
钱宏
胡翔
薛原
陈曦
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2020015503A1 publication Critical patent/WO2020015503A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00Connection management
    • H04W76/10Connection setup
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W48/00Access restriction; Network selection; Access point selection
    • H04W48/08Access restriction or access information delivery, e.g. discovery data delivery
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W8/00Network data management
    • H04W8/02Processing of mobility data, e.g. registration information at HLR [Home Location Register] or VLR [Visitor Location Register]; Transfer of mobility data, e.g. between HLR, VLR or external networks
    • H04W8/06Registration at serving network Location Register, VLR or user mobility server

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communication technologies, and in particular, to a method, a device, and a system for selecting a network element for a session management function.
  • the access and mobility management function is used to select the session management function (SMF).
  • SMF session management function
  • UPF user plane function
  • AMF selects SMF, it selects SMF that meets certain parameter requirements. For example, AMF can send certain parameter requirements to the network function repository function (NRF), and NRF selects the SMF that meets the parameter requirements, and Send the selection result to AMF.
  • NRF network function repository function
  • AMF selects an SMF, but when the SMF selects a UPF, it cannot select a UPF that meets certain parameter requirements, that is, for the SMF, there is no The available UPF, which means that the SMF selected by the AMF is invalid, causing the activation to fail.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a method, a device, and a system for selecting a network element for a session management function, which are used to improve the efficiency of selecting a network element for a session management function and reduce the delay in the process of creating a session.
  • a first method for selecting a session management function network element is provided.
  • the method is performed by, for example, a session management function network element.
  • the session management function network element is, for example, an SMF.
  • the method includes: determining whether there is a user plane function network element that meets the screening condition, and if there is a user plane function network element that meets the screening condition, sending the first state information of the session management function network element to the network function repository function Network element, the first state information of the session management function network element is used to indicate that the session management function network element is available under the screening condition, and the first state information of the session management function network element is used to select the session management function network element.
  • the state of the session management function network element is determined according to the situation of the user plane function network element. If there is a user plane function network element that meets the filtering conditions, the state of the session management function network element is in the screening. The condition is the available status, and the first status information indicating that the session management function network element is available under the screening condition is sent to the network function repository function network element, and then the network function repository function network element is subsequently in the screening condition.
  • selecting a session management function network element it can be selected according to the state of the session management function network element. For example, only the session management function network element with the first state information can be selected, that is, only the ones that are available under the filter condition are selected.
  • the selected session management function network element has available user plane function network elements, thereby reducing the number of user plane function network elements because the selected session management function network element is not available
  • the probability of re-selection of the network element of the session management function is caused, which improves the efficiency of selecting the network element of the session management function. Rate, reducing the delay in the process of creating a session and also increasing the activation rate.
  • the first state information includes: information indicating that the session management function network element is available under the screening condition; or, indicating that the session management function network element has a user plane that meets the screening condition Information about the functional NEs.
  • the first state information can have two indication modes.
  • the first indication mode can be called an implicit indication mode, which indicates that the session management function network element is available, and the session management function network element is available under the filtering conditions. It means that the session management function network element has user plane function network elements available under the filter condition. Therefore, the implicit indication method is to indicate whether the session management function network element is available to indicate whether the session management function network element is available.
  • User plane function network element The second indication method can be called an explicit indication method, which indicates that the session management function network element has a user plane function network element that satisfies the filtering conditions, that is, the explicit indication method directly indicates whether the session management function network element has Available user plane function network elements.
  • the implicit indication method it can be determined that the session management function network element is available, and it can be determined that the session management function network element is available with the user plane function network element, and the double content can be determined by one instruction; and the explicit instruction can It is directly determined that the session management function network element has a user plane function network element available, and the indication method is more direct.
  • indication method it may be predefined by a protocol, or determined in advance through negotiation between network elements, and the like is not specifically limited.
  • determining whether there is a user plane function network element that meets the filtering conditions may include: obtaining information of at least one user plane function network element, and according to the obtained information of at least one user plane function network element, Determine whether there is a user plane function network element that meets the screening condition among the at least one user plane function network element; or, that no information of the user plane function network element is obtained, and determine that there is no user plane function network element that meets the screening condition .
  • acquiring information of at least one user plane function network element may include: receiving information of the at least one user plane function network element from the at least one user plane function network element, where the information from one user The area function network element is information of a user area function network element; or, a subscription message is sent to the network function repository function network element, the subscription message is used to subscribe to the information of the user plane function network element that meets the filtering conditions, and receive A notification message from the network element of the network function storage function, and information of at least one user plane function element is obtained according to the notification message.
  • the user plane function network element information can be obtained in different ways. For example, it can directly interact with the user plane function network element to obtain the user plane function network element information. This method of acquisition is relatively straightforward. Alternatively, you can also initiate a subscription to the functional unit of the network function repository, and obtain the user plane function network element information through the subscription process. This way does not need to interact with too many user plane function network elements, which reduces the interaction process between devices. In addition, only one subscription is needed to continuously obtain the information of the user plane functional network elements, and the method is relatively simple.
  • the screening condition includes at least one of DNN and S-NSSAI.
  • the screening conditions include DNN, or the screening conditions include S-NSSAI, or the screening conditions include DNN and S-NSSAI.
  • the parameters included in the screening conditions are not limited to this.
  • the screening conditions may include other parameters in addition to at least one of DNN and S-NSSAI.
  • the screening conditions include S-NSSAI and other parameters, or the screening conditions. DNN and S-NSSAI may not be included, but other parameters may be included, which are not specifically limited.
  • the second state information of the session management function network element is sent to the network function repository function network element.
  • the second state information is used to indicate that the session management function network element is unavailable under the screening condition; or, if there is no user plane function network element that meets the screening condition, sending a delete instruction to the network function repository function network element,
  • the deletion instruction is used to instruct the network function repository function network element to delete the information of the session management function network element from the information of the session management function network element available under the screening condition.
  • the network element of the network function storage function stores state information of the network element of the session management function.
  • the state information of the network element of the session management function includes the first state of the network element of the session management function. Information or second status information. Then, if there is no user plane function network element that meets the screening conditions, the second state information of the session management function network element may be sent to the network function repository function network element, so that the network function repository function network element can store both
  • the first state information of the session management function network element can also store the second state information of the session management function network element, so that it is very clear what kind of state the session management function network element is.
  • the network function repository function network element may store only the first state information of the session management function network element, that is, the session management function network element where the network function repository function network element stores the first state information is NEs with session management functions available under certain filtering conditions. Then, if the state information of the session management function network element is the second status information, a deletion instruction can be sent to the network function storage function network element, so that the network function storage function network element can delete the session management function network element. The information indicates that the session management function network element is no longer an available session management function network element. It can be seen that when the network element of the network function storage function is used to store the state of the network element of the session management function, different storage methods can be adopted, which is more flexible.
  • the screening condition is specifically the first screening condition. Then, determining whether there is a user plane function network element that meets the screening condition may include: determining whether there is a user plane function that meets the first screening condition. Network element; or the screening condition is specifically the second screening condition and the third screening condition, then determining whether there is a user plane functional network element that meets the screening condition may include determining whether there is a user plane that meets the second screening condition A functional network element, and determining whether there is a user plane functional network element that meets the third screening condition.
  • the selection criteria may be one or more. For example, if there is one kind of screening condition, and this filtering condition is called the first filtering condition, then it can be directly determined whether there are user plane functional network elements that meet the first filtering condition; or there are multiple filtering conditions, for example, including the second filtering condition and The third screening condition, then, can determine whether there is a user plane function network element that meets the screening condition for each screening condition, so as to avoid missing the screening condition.
  • the first state information of the session management function network element is sent to a network function repository function network element, and the session management function network
  • the first state information of the element is used to indicate that the session management function network element is available under the screening condition, and includes:
  • the screening condition is specifically a first screening condition. If there is a user plane function network element that meets the first screening condition, the first state information of the session management function network element is sent to the network function repository function network element, and the session management The first state information of the function network element is used to indicate that the session management function network element is available under the first screening condition;
  • the screening condition is specifically a second screening condition and a third screening condition. If there is a user plane function network element that meets the second screening condition, the first state information of the session management function network element is sent to the network function repository function network. Element, the first state information of the session management function network element is used to indicate that the session management function network element is available under the second screening condition; or, if there is a user plane function network element that meets the third screening condition, the session management The first state information of the function network element is sent to the network function repository function network element, and the first state information of the session management function network element is used to indicate that the session management function network element is available under the third screening condition.
  • first state information can be used as the first status information of the session management function network element under the second screening condition and the session management function network element in the third The first state information under the filter condition.
  • the screening condition when the screening condition is specifically the first screening condition, if the first screening condition is empty, it means that the first screening condition is used to screen all user plane function network elements; or In the case where the screening condition is specifically the second screening condition and the third screening condition, if at least one of the second screening condition and the third screening condition is empty, it means that the at least one screening condition is used for Filter all user plane function network elements.
  • a filter condition may correspond to at least one parameter, or may not correspond to any parameter, that is, the filter condition is empty. Then, the embodiment of the present application considers that if a screening condition is empty, it indicates that the screening condition is used to screen all user plane function network elements. Of course, all the user plane function network elements selected here should be the normal user plane function network elements.
  • the first state information of the session management function network element includes parameter information corresponding to the screening condition, and includes an instruction for indicating that the session management function network element is available under the screening condition.
  • Information; or, the first state information of the session management function network element includes identification information of the screening condition, and includes indication information for indicating that the session management function network element is available under the screening condition.
  • the parameter information corresponding to the screening condition can characterize the corresponding screening condition, so the first state information can directly include the parameter information corresponding to the screening condition, so that the corresponding screening condition can be determined more directly.
  • identification information for the filtering conditions. For example, if one type of identification information is a number, the corresponding filtering conditions can be determined through the identification information. It is relatively simple, and the amount of data of the identification information of the filtering conditions is generally smaller than that of the parameter information. The amount of data, thereby helping to reduce the amount of data of the first state information.
  • a second method for selecting a session management function network element is provided.
  • the method may be executed by a network function repository function network element.
  • the network function repository function network element is, for example, NRF.
  • the method includes: receiving a request message from a mobility management function network element, where the request message is used to request information of a session management function network element that meets a fourth screening condition, and is determined according to status information of at least one session management function network element Whether there are available session management function network elements that satisfy the fourth screening condition, and the status information of at least one session management function network element is used to indicate whether at least one session management function network element is in an available state under the fourth screening condition.
  • the mobility management function network element sends a screening result.
  • a session management function network element When selecting a session management function network element, it can be selected according to the status information of the session management function network element.
  • the status information of the session management function network element is used to indicate whether the session management function network element is available under the fourth screening condition.
  • the session management function network element is available under the fourth screening condition, which may mean that the session management function network element has a user plane function network element that meets the fourth screening condition. Therefore, selecting the session management function network element according to the state information of the session management function network element can ensure that the selected session management function network element has available user plane function network elements, so that the subsequent process of creating sessions can be performed sequentially.
  • the selection of the session management function network element will not fail because the selected session management function network element has no user plane function network element available, which improves the efficiency of selecting the session management function network element and reduces the process of creating sessions.
  • the delay also increases the activation rate.
  • the status information of a session management function network element includes: information indicating that a session management function network element is an available session management function network element that meets a fourth screening condition, or indicates a session management function
  • the network element is information of an unavailable session management function network element that meets the fourth screening condition; or, information indicating that a session management function network element has a user plane function network element that meets the fourth screening condition, or indicates a session management function
  • the network element does not have information of a user plane function network element that meets the fourth screening condition.
  • the first state information of the session management function network element may have two indication modes: implicit indication mode and explicit indication mode.
  • the state of the session management function network element Information also has two indication modes: implicit indication mode and explicit indication mode. Which indication method is specifically selected may be predefined through a protocol or determined through negotiation between network elements.
  • the filtering result is specifically information of K session management function network elements, where the information of the K session management function network elements is used to indicate that the K session management function network elements meet the screening condition. Available session management function network element; or, the filtering information is specifically a failure indication, where the failure indication indicates that the available session management function network element that does not satisfy the fourth screening condition.
  • an available session management function network element that meets the fourth filter condition may be selected, or an available session management function network element that meets the fourth filter condition may not be selected. Then, if an available session management function network element that meets the fourth screening condition is selected, the information of the selected available session management function network element that meets the fourth screening condition can be directly sent to the mobility management function as the screening condition. Network element, and if an available session management function network element that meets the fourth screening condition is not selected, a failure indication may also be sent to the mobility management function network element, so whether or not an available one that meets the fourth screening condition can be selected Both the session management function network element and the mobility management function network element can clarify the corresponding screening results.
  • the state information of the at least one session management function network element is from at least one session management function network element.
  • the session management function network element can determine the status information of the session management function network element and send the status information of the session management function network element to the network function repository function network element, so that the network function repository function network element Select based on the state information of the session management function NE.
  • a session management function network element generally can only determine the status information of the session management function network element. Therefore, the network function repository function network element may interact with at least one session management function network element to obtain at least one session. Status information of management function NEs.
  • the state information of a session management function network element among the at least one session management function network element includes parameter information corresponding to at least one screening condition, and includes information used to indicate a session management function network element. Indication information about whether an element is available under each of the at least one screening condition, and the at least one screening condition includes a fourth screening condition; or, one of the at least one session management function network element of the session management function network element.
  • the status information includes identification information of at least one screening condition, and includes indication information for indicating whether a session management function network element is available under each of the at least one screening condition.
  • the at least one screening condition includes Fourth screening condition.
  • the parameter information corresponding to the screening condition can characterize the corresponding screening condition, so the first state information can directly include the parameter information corresponding to the screening condition, so that the corresponding screening condition can be determined more directly.
  • identification information for the filtering conditions. For example, if one type of identification information is a number, the corresponding filtering conditions can be determined through the identification information. It is relatively simple, and the amount of data of the identification information of the filtering conditions is generally smaller than that of the parameter information. The amount of data, thereby helping to reduce the amount of data of the first state information.
  • the state information of a session management function network element may include information corresponding to at least one filtering condition, so that a session management function network element may reflect one or more characteristics.
  • a system for selecting a session management function network element may include a session management function network element and a network function repository function network element.
  • the session management function network element is used to determine whether there is a user plane function network element that meets the screening conditions. If there is a user plane function network element that meets the screening conditions, the first state information of the session management function network element is sent.
  • the first state information of the session management function network element is used to indicate that the management function network element is available under the screening condition, and the first state information is used to select the session management function network element; network A functional network element of the functional repository is configured to receive the first status information.
  • the first state information includes: information indicating that the session management function network element is available under the screening condition; or, indicating that the session management function network element has a user plane that meets the screening condition Information about the functional NEs.
  • the network function repository function network element is further configured to:
  • a request message from a mobility management function network element is used to request information about a session management function network element that meets the fourth screening condition, where a session management function network element that meets the fourth screening condition refers to the
  • the session management function network element has a user plane function network element that meets the fourth screening condition; and determines whether there is an available session management function network element that meets the fourth screening condition based on the status information of at least one session management function network element.
  • the state information of a session management function network element is used to indicate whether at least one session management function network element is in an available state under a fourth screening condition; and sending a screening result to the mobility management function network element.
  • the system for selecting a network element for a session management function provided in the third aspect may further include a network element for a mobility management function, and of course, it may not include a network element for a mobility management function, which is not specifically limited.
  • the present application provides a device, which may be a session management function network element or a network function repository function network element, or a chip.
  • the device has a function of implementing the embodiments of any one of the first aspect, the second aspect, or the third aspect described above. This function can be realized by hardware, and can also be implemented by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above functions.
  • an apparatus including: a processor and a memory; the memory is configured to store a computer execution instruction, and when the apparatus is running, the processor executes the computer execution instruction stored in the memory, so that the apparatus executes The method for selecting a session management function network element according to the above first aspect or any one of the first aspects, or to cause the apparatus to execute the session selection function network according to the second aspect or any of the second aspects above. Or a method for selecting the session management function network element according to the third aspect or any one of the third aspects.
  • the present application further provides a computer-readable storage medium, where the computer-readable storage medium stores instructions that, when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute the methods described in the above aspects.
  • the present application further provides a computer program product including instructions, which when executed on a computer, causes the computer to execute the methods described in the above aspects.
  • the network element of the network function repository function may select the network element of the session management function, which improves the efficiency of selecting the network element of the session management function and reduces the efficiency.
  • the delay in the process of creating a session also increases the activation rate.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a system for selecting a network element for a session management function according to an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a network architecture of a non-roaming scenario applied in an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a network architecture of a local offload roaming scenario applied in an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a network architecture of a home routing roaming scenario applied to an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 5 is a process of selecting SMF by AMF in the process of creating a PDU session
  • Figure 6 shows the process by which the SMF selects the UPF in the process of creating a PDU session
  • FIG. 7 is a flowchart of a method for selecting an SMF according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a flowchart of still another method for selecting SMF according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of a device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of another device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • a network element, or a network device includes, for example, an access network network element, or an access network device, such as a base station (for example, an access point) and a user plane function network element.
  • the base station may refer to a device in an access network that communicates with a wireless terminal device through one or more cells on an air interface.
  • the network element can be used to convert the received air frames and Internet Protocol (IP) packets into each other, and serve as a router between the terminal device and the rest of the access network, where the rest of the access network can include an IP network.
  • IP Internet Protocol
  • the network element can also coordinate the attribute management of the air interface.
  • the network element may include an evolved base station (NodeB or eNB or e-NodeB, evolutional NodeB) in a long term evolution (LTE) system or an evolved LTE system (LTE-Advanced, LTE-A), or It can also include the next generation node B (gNB) in the fifth generation (5G) new radio (NR) system, or it can also include the cloud access network (cloud radio access A centralized unit (CU) and a distributed unit (DU) in a network (CloudRAN) system are not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • NodeB or eNB or e-NodeB, evolutional NodeB in a long term evolution (LTE) system or an evolved LTE system (LTE-Advanced, LTE-A), or It can also include the next generation node B (gNB) in the fifth generation (5G) new radio (NR) system, or it can also include the cloud access network (cloud radio access A centralized unit (CU) and a distributed unit (DU) in a network (Cloud
  • User plane functional network elements include, for example, a serving gateway (SGW) and a packet data network gateway (PDN-GW) in a fourth-generation mobile communication technology (4G) system.
  • SGW serving gateway
  • PDN-GW packet data network gateway
  • 4G fourth-generation mobile communication technology
  • UPF is mainly responsible for connecting to external networks. It can be considered that the UPF in the 5G system is equivalent to the combination of the SGW and the PDN-GW in the 4G LTE system.
  • the network element further includes a core network element, or a core network device.
  • the core network device includes, for example, a mobility management entity (MME). ), Etc.
  • the core network equipment includes, for example, a policy control function (PCF), NRF, AMF, or SMF. It can be considered that after the evolution from 4G to 5G, the functions of the MME are separated into AMF and SMF, where AMF is used to manage the mobile context of the user, and SMF is used to manage the session context.
  • PCF policy control function
  • “Multiple” means two or more. In view of this, in the embodiments of the present application, “multiple” can also be understood as “at least two". "At least one” can be understood as one or more, such as one, two or more. For example, including at least one means including one, two, or more, and without limiting which ones are included, for example, including at least one of A, B, and C, then including A, B, C, A and B, A and C, B and C, or A and B and C. In the same way, the understanding of the description of "at least one" is similar.
  • words such as “first” and “second” are used to distinguish between the same or similar items having substantially the same functions and functions.
  • first and “second” do not limit the order, timing, priority, or importance, and the words “first” and “second” are not necessarily different.
  • the "first screening condition” and the “second screening condition” described in the embodiments of the present application may be the same screening condition or different screening conditions, which are not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • session management function network element network function repository function network element, mobility management function network element, and user plane function network element, etc., as well as further SMF, NRF, AMF, and UPF involved in the embodiments of the present application.
  • Etc. is just a name, and the name does not constitute a limitation on the device itself.
  • session management function network elements, network function repository function network elements, mobility management function network elements, and user plane function network elements, as well as further SMF, NRF, AMF, and UPF, etc. May also be other names, which are not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • UPF may also be replaced with UP, etc., which are described here in a unified manner, and will not be described in detail below.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a system 100 for selecting a session management function network element.
  • the system 100 may include a session management function network element 101 and a network function repository function network element 102.
  • the connection between the session management function network element 101 and the network function repository function network element 102 indicates that the two network elements can communicate.
  • the two network elements can be connected by wire or wirelessly. .
  • the session management function network element 101 may be used to determine whether there is a user plane function network element that meets the screening conditions. If there is a user plane function network element that meets the screening conditions, the first state information of the session management function network element 101 is sent. The first state information to the network function repository function network element 102 and the session management function network element 101 is used to indicate that the session management function network element 101 is available under the screening condition, and the first state information is used to select the session management function. Network element 101;
  • the network function repository function network element 102 is configured to receive the first status information.
  • the session management function network element 101 To select a user plane function network element for the session management function network element 101, it is necessary to select a user plane function network element that meets certain parameter requirements.
  • the parameter requirements that need to be satisfied are referred to as a filtering condition.
  • the session management When the functional network element 101 selects a user-plane functional network element, it may be selected according to one kind of filtering condition or may be selected based on multiple filtering conditions. That is, the number of filtering conditions may be one or multiple. No restrictions.
  • the session management function network element 101 can obtain the information of the user plane function network element, and determine whether there is information of the user plane function network element that meets the screening conditions.
  • the session management function network element 101 may send the first state information of the session management function network element 101 to the network function repository function network element 102.
  • the session management function network element 101 may also first determine that the session management function network element 101 is available under the filtering conditions, and then send the first state of the session management function network element 101 to the network function repository function network element 102 information.
  • the session management function network element 101 can also set the state of the session management function network element 101 to be available under the filtering conditions.
  • the status information used to indicate that the session management function network element 101 is available is referred to as the first status information of the session management function network element 101. That is, although the session management function network element 101 determines whether there are user plane function network elements that meet the filtering conditions, there may be user plane function network elements that meet the screening conditions, or there may be no user plane function network elements that meet the screening conditions. That is, the state of the session management function network element 101 under the screening conditions may be available or unavailable. However, in the embodiment of the present application, the session management function network element 101 may only use the session management function network element.
  • the first state information of 101 is sent to the network function repository function network element 102. After the network function repository function network element 102 receives the first state information, it can know which session management function network element 101 is available under the screening conditions.
  • the first state information may have different implementation manners, and different implementation manners may implement different indication manners.
  • the first state information includes information for indicating that the session management function network element 101 is available under the screening condition, and such an indication manner of the first state information may be considered as an implicit indication manner. That is, although the first state information directly indicates that the session management function network element 101 is available under the screening condition, it implicitly indicates that the session management function network element 101 has a user plane function network element that satisfies the screening condition. That is, whether the session management function network element 101 has a user plane function network element available is indicated by indicating the status of the session management function network element 101.
  • the first state information includes information used to indicate that the session management function network element 101 has a user plane function network element that meets the screening condition, and such an indication manner of the first state information may be considered as an explicit indication manner. That is, the first state information directly indicates whether the session management function network element 101 has a user plane function network element that satisfies the screening condition, which is relatively simple and straightforward.
  • the indication method of the first state information it may be predefined by the protocol, or may be determined through negotiation between the network elements, and the like is not specifically limited.
  • the mobility management function network element can send a request message to the network function repository function network element 102, and the network function repository
  • the function network element 102 receives a request message from the mobility management function network element, for example, the request message is used to request information of the session management function network element 101 that meets the fourth screening condition, where the session management function that meets the fourth screening condition
  • the network element 101 refers to a session management function network element 101 having a user plane function network element that meets a fourth screening condition, that is, a session management function network element 101 is available under the fourth screening condition.
  • the session management function network element 101 sends the first state information of the session management function network element 101 to the network function repository function network element 102. Therefore, the network function repository function network element 102 may The state information of the session management function network element 101 determines whether there is an available session management function network element 101 that meets a fourth screening condition, wherein the state information of at least one session management function network element 101 is used to indicate at least one session management function network Whether element 101 is available under the fourth screening condition.
  • the state information of the session management function network element 101 here may include first state information of the session management function network element 101.
  • the network function repository function network element 102 may send a screening result to the mobility management function network element after the screening is completed, where the screening result may indicate whether there is an available session management function network element 101 that meets the fourth screening condition.
  • the system 100 for selecting a session management function network element may further include a mobility management function network element, which is not shown in the figure. If the system 100 further includes a mobility management function network element, the mobility management function network element can communicate with both the session management function network element 101 and the network function repository function network element 102.
  • the state of the session management function network element 101 is determined according to the situation of the user plane function network element. If there is a user plane function network element that meets the filtering conditions, the session management function network element 101 The status of is the available status under the screening condition, and the session management function network element 101 may send the first status information indicating that the session management function network element 101 is available under the screening condition to the network function repository function network element 102 Then, when the network function repository function network element 102 subsequently selects the session management function network element 101 under the filtering condition, it may select according to the state of the session management function network element 101.
  • the first state information Session management function network element 101 may only select the first state information Session management function network element 101, that is, only the session management function network element 101 that is available under the filter condition is selected, so as to ensure that the selected session management function network element 101 has available user plane function network elements, The effective selection rate of the session management function network element 101 is improved.
  • the mobility management function network element selects an unavailable session management function network element 101 in the manner in the prior art, the mobility management function network element needs to re-initiate the process of selecting the session management function network element 101 ,
  • the session management function network element 101 is reselected, and the solution provided in the embodiment of the present application is adopted, which reduces the need to reselect the session management function caused by the fact that the selected session management function network element 101 has no available user plane function network element.
  • the probability of the network element 101 improves the efficiency of selecting the network element 101 for the session management function, reduces the delay in the process of creating a session, and increases the activation rate.
  • the session here is, for example, a PDU session, or may be another session. As long as the session involving the mobility management function network element needs to select the session management function network element 101, it is within the protection scope of the embodiment of the present application, hereinafter Take PDU session as an example.
  • the embodiment shown in FIG. 1 introduces a system 100 for selecting a session management function network element provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the following uses the system 100 as a 5G system as an example to introduce a possible application of the system 100 in a 5G system.
  • Scenarios in which the system 100 provided in the embodiment of the present application can be applied in a 5G system include, but are not limited to, a non-roaming scenario, a local offload roaming scenario, and a home routing roaming scenario. These scenarios are described below respectively.
  • FIG. 2 a schematic diagram of a network architecture in a non-roaming scenario.
  • the network slice selection function NEF
  • NRF network opening function
  • PCF policy control function
  • UDM unified data management
  • AF application functions
  • AUSF authentication service functions
  • SMF SMF
  • Nnssf can be regarded as the service interface of NSSF.
  • Nnef is the service interface of NEF
  • Npcf is the service interface of PCF
  • Nudm is the service interface of UDM
  • Naf is the service interface of AF
  • Nausf is the service interface of AUSF.
  • Namf is the service interface of AMF
  • Nsmf is the service interface of SMF.
  • AMF and terminal equipment can communicate through the N1 interface
  • AMF and (R) AN can communicate through the N2 interface
  • SMF and UPF can communicate through the N4 interface
  • terminal equipment communicates with the (R) AN through the air interface
  • (R) AN Can communicate with UPF through N3 interface
  • UPF can communicate with data network (DN) through N6 interface.
  • the session management function network element 101 provided in the embodiment of the present application may be implemented by SMF in the network architecture shown in FIG. 2, and the network function repository function network element 102 provided in the embodiment of the present application may be performed by FIG. 2
  • the implementation of NRF in the network architecture shown, and the mobility management function network element provided in the embodiment of the present application can be implemented by the AMF in the network architecture shown in FIG. 2.
  • the user plane function network element involved in the embodiment of the present application Can be realized by the UPF in the network architecture shown in FIG. 2. To make it easier to understand, some functional network elements mainly involved in the embodiments of the present application are briefly introduced below.
  • the mobility management function network element is, for example, an MME in a 4G system and an AMF in a 5G system.
  • the embodiments of the present application are not limited thereto, and may also be implemented by other network elements in other communication systems.
  • the AMF is mainly responsible for interfacing with the wireless and terminating the radio access network (RAN) control plane (CP) interface, that is, the N2 interface, terminating the non-access Layer (non-access-stratum (NAS)) and NAS encryption and integrity protection, registration management, connection management, reachability management, mobility management, transfer session management (session) between user equipment (UE) and SMF management (SM) message, or UE's mobility event notification.
  • RAN radio access network
  • CP control plane
  • NAS non-access-stratum
  • NAS non-access-stratum
  • NAS non-access-stratum
  • the session management function network element such as the session management function network element 101, is a SMF in a 5G system, and may also be implemented by other network elements in other communication systems.
  • the SMF can provide session management functions such as session establishment, modification, and release, including the maintenance function of the tunnel between the UPF and access network (AN) nodes, and the UE's Internet protocol (internet).
  • IP Internet protocol
  • DHCP dynamic host control protocol
  • UP user plane
  • User plane function network elements such as UPF in 5G systems
  • UPF User plane function network elements
  • UPF User plane function network element
  • UPF is the user plane data forwarding entity.
  • QoS quality of service
  • the network function repository function network element for example, the network function repository function network element 102, in a 5G system, such as NRF, may also be implemented by other network elements in other communication systems.
  • the NRF can support the service discovery function and maintain the NF configuration of available network function (NF) instances.
  • NF network function
  • it is divided into a visiting NRF (visit NRF, vNRF) and a home NRF (home NRF, hNRF).
  • PLMN public land mobile network
  • PLMN-level NRF can be understood as different PLMNs can use different NRFs
  • shared slice NRF can be understood as different network slices can share one NRF
  • specific slice NRF can be understood as different network slices respectively Use different NRF.
  • the concept of service method was mentioned in the introduction of the network architecture shown in Figure 2.
  • the network elements on the control plane can interact through a service-based method. Elements can interact with each other based on a point-to-point method.
  • some service methods can be opened, and other devices can interact with the NRF through these service methods. Refer to Table 1 for some service methods open for NRF:
  • the SMSF in Table 1 is a short message service function (SMSF), wherein the SMS is a short message service (short message service), and the BSF is a binding support function (BSF).
  • SMS short message service
  • BSF binding support function
  • NRF has opened all the service methods in Table 1 to AMF and SMF, and opened NF register method, NF update method and NF deregister method in NF management service to UPF. Then, UPF can send registration to NRF , Update, or cancel service requests associated with UPF.
  • NRF opened the NF status notification service method to AMF, SMF, PCF, NEF, NSSF, SMSF, and AUSF. Then AMF, SMF, PCF, NEF, NSSF , SMSF, and AUSF can communicate with NRF through the NF status notification service method, but because NRF does not open the NF status notification service method to UDM, UDM cannot communicate with NRF through the NF status notification service method.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a network architecture for a local offload roaming scenario.
  • terminal equipment roams, so it includes two areas: VPLMN and HPLMN.
  • VPLMN NSSF, NEF, NRF, PCF, AF, AMF, SMF and visited security edge protection proxy (vSEPP)
  • vSEPP visited security edge protection proxy
  • AMF and terminal equipment can communicate through N1 interface
  • AMF and (R) AN can communicate through N2 interface
  • SMF and UPF can communicate through N4 interface
  • terminal equipment can communicate with (R) AN
  • (R) AN Can communicate with UPF through N3 interface
  • UPF and DN can communicate through N6 interface.
  • HPLMN UDM, NRF, PCF, AUSF, NEF and home security edge protection proxy (hSEPP)
  • these two network elements can communicate with each other based on services, of course, among them For two network elements to communicate, one network element needs to open the corresponding service method to the other network element, not many examples.
  • vSEPP and hSEPP can communicate through the N32 interface.
  • the session management function network element 101 provided in the embodiment of the present application may be implemented by the SMF located in the VPLMN in the network architecture shown in FIG. 3.
  • the network function repository function network element 102 provided in the embodiment of the present application may be Through the implementation of the NRF located in the VPLMN in the network architecture shown in FIG. 3, the mobility management function network element provided in the embodiment of the present application can be implemented by the AMF located in the VPLMN in the network architecture shown in FIG.
  • the user plane function network element involved in the example can be implemented by the UPF located in the VPLMN in the network architecture shown in FIG. 3.
  • the embodiments of the present application are not limited.
  • each network element provided in the embodiment of the present application can also be Corresponding network element located in HPLMN.
  • FIG. 4 a schematic diagram of the network architecture of the home routing roaming scenario.
  • terminal equipment also roams, so it also includes two areas, VPLMN and HPLMN.
  • VPLMN NSSF, NEF, NRF, PCF, AMF, SMF, and vSEPP
  • these two network elements can communicate with each other based on the service method.
  • two network elements need a network to communicate. The element has opened the corresponding service method to another network element, not many examples.
  • AMF and terminal equipment can communicate through N1 interface
  • AMF and (R) AN can communicate through N2 interface
  • SMF and UPF can communicate through N4 interface
  • terminal equipment can communicate with (R) AN
  • (R) AN Can communicate with UPF through N3 interface
  • UPF and DN can communicate through N6 interface.
  • HPLMN UDM, NRF, NSSF, SMF, AF, PCF, AUSF, NEF and hSEPP
  • these two network elements can communicate with each other based on the service method. Of course, two of these network elements need to communicate.
  • Need one network element to open the corresponding service method to another network element not many examples.
  • SMF can communicate with UPF through N4 interface
  • UPF and DN can communicate through N6 interface
  • UPF in VPLMN and UPF in HPLMN can communicate through N9 interface
  • vSEPP and hSEPP can communicate through N32 interface.
  • the session management function network element 101 provided in the embodiment of the present application may be implemented by the SMF located in the VPLMN in the network architecture shown in FIG. 4, and the network function repository function network element 102 provided in the embodiment of the present application may be Through the implementation of the NRF located in the VPLMN in the network architecture shown in FIG. 4, the mobility management function network element provided in the embodiment of the present application can be implemented by the AMF located in the VPLMN in the network architecture shown in FIG. 4, and this application is implemented.
  • the user plane function network element involved in the example can be implemented by the UPF located in the VPLMN in the network architecture shown in FIG. 4.
  • the embodiments of the present application are not limited.
  • each network element provided in the embodiment of the present application can also be Corresponding network element located in HPLMN.
  • the network architecture shown in FIG. 3 and the related network elements in the network architecture shown in FIG. 4 have already been introduced after the network architecture shown in FIG. 2 has been introduced, so they are not described in detail.
  • the main function of the (R) AN is to control the terminal device to access the mobile communication network through wireless access.
  • (R) AN is part of a mobile communication system. It implements a wireless access technology.
  • (R) AN equipment includes but is not limited to: gNB, eNB, radio network controller (RNC), node B (NB), base station controller (BSC), base station in 5G Transceiver station (BTS), home base station (e.g., home nodeB, or home nodeB, HNB), baseband unit (BBU), transmission point (receiving point, TRP), and transmission point (TRP) transmitting point (TP), mobile switching center, etc.
  • RNC radio network controller
  • NB node B
  • BSC base station controller
  • BTS base station in 5G Transceiver station
  • BBU baseband unit
  • TRP transmission point
  • TRP transmission point
  • TRP transmission point
  • TRP transmission point
  • TP mobile switching center
  • the foregoing introduces a system 100 for selecting a session management function network element provided by the embodiment of the present application, and several network architectures in which the system 100 may be applied in a 5G system.
  • the following takes the 5G system as an example to introduce the implementation of the present application. Case technical background.
  • the process of creating a PDU session includes the process of selecting the SMF by the AMF and the process of selecting the UPF by the SMF.
  • 3GPP 3rd Generation Partnership Project
  • the AMF sends a request message to the NSSF.
  • the first request message is received by the NSSF.
  • the NSSF receives the first request message, and the first request message carries request parameters.
  • the request parameters include network slice selection support information that meets the request of the terminal device. assistance (information, NSSAI) conditions (single network selection, S-NSSAI), PLMN identification number (ID), and indicate whether the first request message is applicable to a non-roaming scenario or a local offload roaming scenario.
  • assistance information, NSSAI
  • S-NSSAI single network selection
  • ID PLMN identification number
  • the AMF may call a network slice selection acquisition (Nnssf_NSSelection_Get) service method provided by the NSSF, and send a first request message to the NSSF.
  • Nnssf_NSSelection_Get network slice selection acquisition
  • the NSSF selects a network slice according to the request parameters sent by the AMF. That is, the NSSF selects a network slice that meets the request parameters sent by the AMF. After that, the NSSF determines and sends the NRF information suitable for the network slice to the AMF. For example, the NSSF is Call the response (Nnssf_NSSelection_Get response) service method provided by the NSSF to obtain the network slice selection response to the AMF. For example, the message sent by the NSSF to the AMF is called the first response message, which is the first response message in Figure 5. A response message.
  • the network slice instance (NSI) ID of the network slice selected by the NSSF may be sent as an option.
  • the AMF sends a second request message to the NRF, and the NRF receives the second request message.
  • the second request message is used to query the SMF that meets the parameter requirements, and the AMF is used to query the parameters of the SMF, that is, the parameters carried in the second request message, such as S-NSSAI, PLMN ID, and DNN.
  • the AMF may call a NF discovery request (Nnrf_NFDiscovery_Request) service method provided by the NRF to send a second request message to the NRF.
  • Nnrf_NFDiscovery_Request NF discovery request
  • the NRF sends the fully-qualified domain name (FQDN) or IP address of the SMF to the AMF.
  • FQDN fully-qualified domain name
  • IP address IP address of the SMF
  • the NRF sends the FQDN or IP address to the AMF by calling the service response (Nnrf_NFDiscovery_Request response) provided by the NRF.
  • the FQDN or IP address of the receiving SMF This is equivalent to the AMF obtaining the requested SMF information.
  • S501 and S502 in the process shown in FIG. 5 may not be executed, and only S503 and S504 need to be executed; otherwise, S501 to S504 need to be executed.
  • FIG 5 introduces the process of AMF selecting SMF.
  • the following describes the flow of SMF selecting UPF.
  • the following describes the process of SMF selecting UPF through NRF. Please refer to Figure 6.
  • FIG. 6 includes two processes, one is a process in which the SMF subscribes to the UPF information to the NRF, and the other is a process in which the UPF sends the UPF information to the NRF.
  • the process of the SMF subscribing to the UPF information from the NRF includes the following S601 and S602:
  • the SMF sends a subscription request to the NRF, and the NRF receives the subscription request.
  • the subscription request carries subscription parameters.
  • the subscription parameters are information about the UPF that the SMF is interested in, that is, information about the UPF that the SMF needs to subscribe to.
  • the subscription parameters include, for example, a data network name (DNN), S-NSSAI, or SMF area identity (SMF).
  • the SMF may call the NF management NF status subscription (Nnrf_NFManagement_NFStatusSubscribe) service method provided by the NRF to initiate a subscription to the NRF, that is, send a subscription request.
  • Nnrf_NFManagement_NFStatusSubscribe the NF management NF status subscription
  • the NRF sends a notification message to the SMF, and the SMF receives the notification message, and the notification message carries information about the UPF that currently meets the subscription parameters.
  • the notification message in S602 is referred to as a first notification message.
  • the NRF may call the NF management NF status notification (Nnrf_NFManagement_NFStatusNotify) service method provided by the NRF to send a notification message to the SMF.
  • Nnrf_NFManagement_NFStatusNotify the NF management NF status notification
  • the UPF information carried in the first notification message may be the FQDN or IP address of the N4 interface of the UPF.
  • the NRF may not need to execute S602; or, the NRF executes S602, but in S602, the first notification message sent by the NRF to the SMF does not carry UPF information that meets the subscription parameters, Instead, it carries notification information, which is used to notify the SMF that there is currently no UPF that meets the subscription parameters.
  • the process by which the UPF sends UPF information to the NRF includes the following S603-S607.
  • the following S603-S607 can also be understood as introducing the process that occurs after a new UPF is deployed to the system:
  • the operation, administration, and maintenance (OAM) system configures identification information of the NRF on the UPF, and configures attribute information for the UPF.
  • the UPF sends a request message to the NRF, such as a third request message.
  • the NRF receives the third request message, and the third request message carries the network function (NF) type of the UPF, the FQDN, or the IP of the N4 interface. Address, and attribute information configured by the OAM for the UPF in S604.
  • NF network function
  • the UPF may call the NF management NF registration (Nnrf_NFManagement_NFRegister) service method provided by the NRF to send a request message to the NRF.
  • NF management NF registration Nnrf_NFManagement_NFRegister
  • the OAM system registers the UPF information with the NRF.
  • the OAM system can write the information of the deployed or unregistered UPF into the local configuration of the SMF.
  • SMF can choose UPF based on this information.
  • the UPF information written in the local configuration of the SMF can also be updated. For example, at any time after the initial configuration, the UPF information on the SMF can be updated through the OAM system.
  • S606 is an equivalent method of S605, and one of the two methods can be selected, that is, S605 and S606 can be selected and executed.
  • the NRF can send a notification message to the SMF, and the SMF receives the notification message, and the notification message carries the information of the UPF.
  • the UPF information carried in the notification message may be the FQDN or IP address of the N4 interface of the UPF.
  • the notification message in S607 is called a second notification message.
  • the NRF may call the Nnrf_NFManagement_NFStatusNotify service method to send a second notification message to the SMF.
  • the AMF may select multiple SMFs.
  • the SMF may select multiple UPFs.
  • the AMF may select one SMF from multiple SMFs to perform this process. If the SMF has multiple optional UPFs, the SMF can also select a UPF from multiple UPFs to perform the current PDU session.
  • the SMF selected by the AMF does not necessarily select the available UPF, so the SMF selected by the AMF It may be invalid. If the selected SMF is invalid, the AMF needs to re-select the SMF. The re-selected SMF also needs to re-select the UPF. This results in a lower efficiency in selecting the SMF and brings a larger time to create a PDU session Delay.
  • the technical solution of the embodiment of the present application is provided.
  • the selection of the session management function network element 101 can be made with reference to the state of the session management function network element 101, and the selected The session management function network element 101 can select available user plane function network elements, which improves the selection efficiency of the session management function network element 101 and reduces the delay in creating a session.
  • the network elements related to the embodiment of the present application are mainly AMF, SMF, and NRF.
  • the embodiment of the present application also relates to the UPF.
  • the mobility management function network element is an AMF network element and session management.
  • the function network element is an SMF network element
  • the network function repository function network element is an NRF network element
  • the user plane function network element is a UPF.
  • AMF AMF
  • SMF SMF
  • NRF NRF
  • UPF UPF
  • the AMF described later in the embodiment of the present application can be replaced with a mobility management function network element
  • the SMF can be replaced with a session management function network element
  • the NRF can be replaced with a network function repository function network element
  • the UPF can be replaced
  • the SMF described later in the embodiment of the present application may be replaced with the session management function network element 101
  • the NRF may also be replaced with the network function repository function network element 102.
  • FIG. 7 is a flowchart of a method for selecting an SMF according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method may be executed by the session management function network element 101 and the network function repository function network element 102 included in the system 100 for selecting a session management function network provided by the embodiment shown in FIG. 1, that is, SMF and NRF described below.
  • SMF and NRF session management function network
  • the mobility management function network element and the user plane function network element are also involved, that is, AMF and UPF described below.
  • the embodiment of this application may include two processes.
  • the first process for example, is called a state synchronization process, which may occur before the PDU session is created, or it may occur in the process of creating a PDU session.
  • the second process for example, is called selection.
  • the SMF process may occur during the process of creating a PDU session.
  • S701 to S706 are introduced. These steps belong to the state synchronization process described above, and occur before the PDU session is created or in the process of creating a PDU session.
  • the SMF selects a UPF, it may choose based on one filtering condition or multiple filtering conditions.
  • the screening condition may include at least one parameter, for example, the screening condition may include DNN, or the screening condition may include S-NSSAI, or the screening condition may include DNN and S-NSSAI, of course
  • the filter condition may include other parameters, such as some attribute parameters of UPF, or the filter condition may not include DNN and S-NSSAI, but Including other parameters, the embodiment of the present application is not limited.
  • the parameters included in different filtering conditions may be the same, but the values of the parameters are different.
  • the parameters included in these two kinds of screening conditions are DNN, but the values of DNN in these two kinds of screening conditions are different.
  • different filtering conditions may include different parameters, such as one of them.
  • One type of screening condition includes DNN, and the other type of screening condition includes DNN and S-NSSAI, which are not specifically limited.
  • the filtering conditions used by the SMF when selecting the UPF can be pre-configured in the SMF. How many filtering conditions are configured and the parameters corresponding to each filtering condition can depend on the application scenario and the operator's configuration.
  • the filtering conditions can also be configured in the AMF.
  • the filtering conditions configured in the AMF and the filtering conditions configured in the SMF may be the same or different.
  • the filtering conditions may be stored in a table, and the table may be called a selection policy table.
  • the selection policy table may include at least one filtering condition. Then, the selection policy table may be configured for SMF and AMF. To configure the filter criteria.
  • the SMF needs to obtain the UPF information, and then determine whether the UPF meets the screening conditions based on the UPF information.
  • the UPF that the SMF can obtain information can be understood as the UPF associated with the SMF, or in the following, the SMF associated with the UPF may also be described as the SMF to which the UPF belongs.
  • the following S702 to S704 introduce one way for the SMF to obtain UPF information.
  • the UPF can be configured by OAM.
  • the UPF sends a UPF instance information change message to the SMF through the N4 interface, and the SMF receives the UPF instance information change message through the N4 interface.
  • the UPF instance information change message is just a name and does not constitute a restriction on the message itself.
  • the message is for the UPF to send the UPF attribute information to the SMF.
  • the attribute information of the UPF is also referred to as the information of the UPF.
  • the information of the UPF includes at least one of the UPF dynamic load, DNN, UE location information, S-NSSAI, and PDU session type. Of course, other information may also be included. information.
  • one UPF is deployed to the system as an example.
  • there may be at least one UPF deployed to the system and at least one UPF can send UPF information to the SMF, and thus the SMF It is possible to receive the information of the at least one UPF from at least one UPF, wherein one UPF sends only the information of the UPF to the SMF, and does not send information of other UPFs. Therefore, what the SMF receives from one UPF is The information of one UPF.
  • the UPF information can be actively sent to the SMF. If at least one UPF sends the UPF information to the SMF, the SMF can obtain at least one UPF information.
  • the deployment of a new UPF to trigger the UPF to send UPF information to the SMF is taken as an example. Actually, it can also be applied to scenarios that need to update the UPF information, such as UPF update, UPF logout, or UPF load status change. Update, UPF can also send UPF information to. In these scenarios, only the trigger conditions have changed and the processing flow remains the same.
  • the SMF classifies the information of the UPF into the UPF status parameter table.
  • the SMF After the SMF obtains the information of the UPF, it can directly store it, or it can also classify the information of the UPF. For example, the information of the UPF with the same parameters can be classified into one category. For example, the SMF can set the UPF status parameter table and group the UPF The information classification is saved in the UPF status parameter table. Among them, no matter what kind of storage method the SMF uses, the UPF information stored by the SMF refers to the available UPF information, and the availability here means that the UPF can normally provide external services. In addition, the SMF can also monitor the status of the UPF at any time.
  • the SMF can remove such UPF information from the UPF status parameter table. Delete to ensure that all the available UPF information is stored in the UPF status parameter table. Among them, the UPF can complete the offline process through the deregistration process, and the SMF can know whether the UPF is offline. Regarding the downtime of the UPF, a detection mechanism can be maintained between the SMF and the UPF, such as the heartbeat detection mechanism. If the SMF cannot receive the heartbeat sent by the UPF, , It can be determined that the UPF is down, or the SMF can also determine whether the status of the UPF has changed through the notification of the NRF, thereby determining whether the UPF is available.
  • a detection mechanism can be maintained between the SMF and the UPF, such as the heartbeat detection mechanism. If the SMF cannot receive the heartbeat sent by the UPF, , It can be determined that the UPF is down, or the SMF can also determine whether the status of the UPF has changed through the notification of the NRF, thereby determining whether the UPF is
  • the UPF status parameter table may include at least one UPF status, and one UPF status may correspond to at least one UPF information, that is, there may be at least one UPF that meets one UPF status.
  • UPF status parameter table may include at least one UPF status, and one UPF status may correspond to at least one UPF information, that is, there may be at least one UPF that meets one UPF status.
  • a type of UPF indicates a type of UPF, and a type of UPF will have some of the same attributes.
  • the UPF status ID that is, a number is set for the UPF status.
  • 1, 2, and 3 in Table 2 represent three types of UPF.
  • the parameters in the second column and the parameters in the third column are the parameters corresponding to the UPF state, that is, the parameters satisfied by a class of UPF.
  • Table 2 is an example of setting the number for the UPF state. In practical applications, it is not necessary to set the number for the UPF state. That is, the first column in Table 2 can be removed, and Table 2 after the first column is removed. A line in it indicates a UPF status.
  • the SMF decides whether SMF is available under the screening conditions.
  • the SMF needs to decide whether the SMF is available under the screening condition, that is, to determine whether a UPF is available under the screening condition, or to determine whether there is a UPF that meets the screening condition.
  • This screening condition may be referred to as a first screening condition.
  • the SMF determines whether there is a UPF that meets the screening condition, and specifically determines whether there is a UPF that meets the first screening condition.
  • the SMF determines whether there is a UPF that meets the screening conditions. Specifically, it can determine whether there are UPF of the second screening condition, and determining whether there is a UPF that meets the third screening condition. If there are more kinds of screening conditions, the processing method is similar, so I won't go into details.
  • the strategies in Table 3 can be understood as the screening conditions. It can be seen that the selection strategy table shown in Table 3 includes two screening conditions. Among them, the policy ID is identification information set for the filtering conditions.
  • the identification information may specifically be a number or the like, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application, as long as it can distinguish different filtering conditions. 1 and 2 in Table 3 represent two kinds of filtering conditions.
  • the parameters in the second column are the parameters corresponding to the filtering conditions.
  • the identification information of the filtering conditions may also be set in advance, that is, the correspondence between the parameter information corresponding to the filtering conditions and the identification information of the filtering conditions is preset in the SMF. In the example in Table 3, the SMF can determine whether there are UPFs that meet these two screening conditions.
  • the identification information is set as an example for the filtering conditions. In practical applications, the identification information may not be set for the filtering conditions.
  • the selection strategy table shown in Table 3 becomes the selection strategy table shown in Table 4. :
  • Table 4 One row in Table 4 indicates one screening condition, and Table 4 includes two screening conditions.
  • each screening condition corresponds to a specific parameter.
  • a screening condition may not correspond to any parameter, that is, the parameter corresponding to the screening condition is empty, which means There is no need to screen UPF. As long as it can be found, it is a UPF that meets the screening conditions, or it can be understood that the screening condition is used to screen all UPFs. Of course, "all" means that it can be All available UPFs discovered by SMF.
  • the screening condition is specifically the first screening condition
  • the first screening condition may correspond to some parameters, or the parameters corresponding to the first screening condition may be empty. If the parameter corresponding to the first screening condition is empty, it means that the first screening condition is used to screen all available UPFs.
  • the second screening condition and the third screening condition may both correspond to corresponding parameters; or, At least one of the filtering conditions may also be empty. If at least one of the second and third screening conditions is empty, it means that the at least one screening condition is used to screen all available UPFs, or it is understood that it indicates that at least one of the at least one screening condition is Each screening condition is used to screen all available UPFs.
  • the SMF After the SMF obtains the UPF information, it can directly determine whether the UPF information meets the screening conditions according to the screening conditions included in the selection policy table. For example, the SMF may obtain information of multiple UPFs, and the SMF does not classify and store the information of the UPFs during storage. Then the SMF may separately determine the information of each UPF to determine whether the information of each UPF meets the filtering conditions. Among them, the information of the UPF obtained by the SMF, or the information of the UPF used by the SMF to determine whether it meets the screening conditions, must be the information of the available UPF described above. In addition, there may be multiple screening conditions used by the SMF to determine.
  • the SMF can determine whether the information of the UPF meets each of the multiple screening conditions. Among them, the information of a UPF meets a screening condition, which means that the UPF corresponding to the information of the UPF meets this screening condition.
  • the SMF can query the UPF status parameter table according to each filtering condition to determine whether there is a UPF that meets the filtering condition.
  • the preset selection policy table in the SMF can refer to Table 3
  • the UPF information obtained by the SMF is stored in the UPF status parameter table
  • the UPF status parameter table can refer to Table 2.
  • the SMF is the second screening in the selection strategy table shown in Table 3.
  • the condition (Policy ID 2) is unavailable.
  • the SMF has obtained UPF information.
  • the SMF can determine whether at least one UPF has a UPF that meets the filtering conditions based on the information of at least one UPF. .
  • the SMF cannot obtain the UPF information.
  • the UPF can actively send the UPF information to the SMF, but the SMF has not received the UPF information sent by the UPF for the time being. In these cases, the SMF cannot obtain the UPF information.
  • the UPF information obtained by the SMF is not available; or the SMF determines that the UPF stored in the UPF status parameter table is changed to an unavailable UPF, that is, it is considered that the previous introduction is all obtained by the SMF The situation of the available UPF information is reached. In this case, although the SMF has obtained the UPF information, these UPFs are not available. Unavailable here does not mean that the screening conditions are not met, but that it does not work properly, for example, the UPF is down or offline.
  • the SMF can directly determine that there are no UPFs that meet the screening conditions, and it can be determined that the SMF is not available under the screening conditions.
  • the SMF may set the state of the SMF to a state that is available under the filtering conditions.
  • the screening conditions may be one or more. If there are multiple screening conditions, the SMF also judges whether there are UPFs that meet each of these screening conditions. Then, if the screening conditions are multiple , When the SMF sets the state of the SMF, it can also set the state of the SMF for each filtering condition.
  • the screening condition is specifically the first screening condition. If there is a UPF that meets the first screening condition, the SMF can set the state of the SMF to be available under the first screening condition.
  • the screening conditions are specifically the second screening condition and the third screening condition. If there is a UPF that meets the second screening condition, the SMF can set the state of the SMF to be available under the second screening condition. The UPF that meets the third screening condition, the SMF can set the state of the SMF to be available under the third screening condition.
  • the state of the SMF is related to the filter condition. If the SMF stores the state of the SMF, the state of the SMF can be stored in correspondence with the filter condition. For example, if the filtering conditions are shown in Table 3, an additional column can be added to Table 3 to store the status of SMF. Please refer to Table 5 for this table. SMF can store Table 5, and Table 5 indicates which SMFs are filtered. Available under conditions.
  • the second column of Table 5 indicates the status of the SMF.
  • Table 5 is an example that combines the previous table with Table 2 and Table 3.
  • the expression "available” here is just an example.
  • SMF can also indicate the state of SMF by 1 bit. If the bit is set to "1", it indicates that SMF is available. The embodiment of this application does not limit the state of SMF. Representation.
  • the first column of Table 6 indicates the status of the SMF.
  • Table 6 uses the filtering conditions indicated by the SMF in the first row of Table 6 as an example. Therefore, in Table 6, the first filtering condition (the first of Table 6 Line) The status of the corresponding SMF is "Available".
  • the SMF sends the first status information of the SMF to the NRF, the NRF receives the first status information of the SMF from the SMF, and the first status information of the SMF is used to instruct the SMF to perform the screening. Available under conditions, the first state information is used to select an SMF.
  • the SMF may call the NF management NF upgrade (Nnrf_NFManagement_NFUpdate) service method provided by the NRF to send the first state information of the SMF to the NRF.
  • Nnrf_NFManagement_NFUpdate NF management NF upgrade
  • the state information used to indicate that SMF is available is called the first state information of SMF.
  • the state information of SMF can be called the first state information of the SMF.
  • the status information is sent to the NRF.
  • the SMF may not send it to the NRF.
  • the NRF can store only the information of the SMF in the available state.
  • the NRF can store the correspondence between the screening condition and the state of the SMF.
  • the SMF is in the available state.
  • the NRF can store the information in the first row of Table 6.
  • the NRF can also store the identification information of the screening conditions, the screening conditions, and the state of the SMF. The corresponding relationship between these three is the same.
  • the NRF stores the corresponding relationship, the SMF is in the available state.
  • the NRF can store the information in the first row of Table 5.
  • the NRF can store only the information of the SMF in the packet available state.
  • the NRF can store the correspondence between the filtering conditions and the state of the SMF. As long as the NRF stores the correspondence, it is unavailable.
  • SMF SMF.
  • the NRF can store the corresponding relationship between the filter condition and the state of the SMF, or the NRF can also store the identification information of the filter condition, the filter condition, and the state of the SMF. The corresponding relationship between the three is the same, as long as it is NRF stores the corresponding relationship, which are all unavailable SMFs.
  • the first state information and the second state information of the SMF are collectively referred to as the state information of the SMF, that is, the state information of an SMF may include the first state information or the second state information of the SMF.
  • the first status information can have different implementations, and different implementations can implement different indications.
  • SMF status information also has different implementations, and different implementations can achieve different indications.
  • the second status information of the SMF also has different implementations, and different implementations can implement different indication methods. The following mainly introduces the implementation of the status information of the SMF.
  • the implementation of the second status information of the SMF can be And so on.
  • the status information of the SMF includes information for indicating that the SMF is available under the screening condition, or includes information for indicating that the SMF is not available under the screening condition.
  • This indication manner of the state information of the SMF can be considered as an implicit indication manner. That is, although the state information of the SMF directly indicates whether the SMF is available under the screening condition, it implicitly indicates whether the SMF has a UPF that satisfies the screening condition, that is, indicates the SMF by indicating the state of the SMF. Is there a UPF available?
  • the state information of the SMF includes information used to indicate that the SMF has a UPF that meets the screening condition.
  • This indication manner of the state information of the SMF may be considered as an explicit indication manner. That is, the state information of the SMF directly indicates whether the SMF has a UPF that satisfies the screening condition, which is relatively simple and straightforward.
  • the indication method of the status information of the SMF it can be predefined by the protocol, or it can also be determined through negotiation between the various network elements, and the like is not specifically limited. It can be seen that in the foregoing, the status information of the SMF is indicated by using the implicit indication as an example, and in the following, the status information of the SMF is also indicated by using the implicit indication as an example.
  • an SMF its status under a screening condition may change.
  • an SMF may have a UPF that meets the first screening condition at a moment. At this moment, the SMF is at the first screening condition. The following is the available status, but at the next moment, the SMF may not have a UPF that meets the first screening condition. For example, the UPF that meets the first screening condition may fail. At this moment, the SMF changes under the first screening condition. Is unavailable.
  • the SMF can only send the first state information of the SMF to the NRF, that is, only the information that the SMF is available is sent, Not sending SMF is unavailable.
  • the SMF determines that the SMF is available under the second screening condition and is unavailable under the third screening condition. Then the SMF may send only the first state information to the NRF that the SMF is available under the second screening condition. No information is sent to the NRF that the SMF is unavailable under the third screening condition.
  • the SMF can be sent to the NRF so that the NRF can update the status of the SMF in a timely manner.
  • the SMF does not send status information to the NRF for the first time. If the SMF determines that there is no UPF that meets the filtering conditions, the status of the SMF is unavailable under the filtering conditions, and the SMF can set the status of the SMF to be in the filtering The condition is unavailable under conditions.
  • the SMF can send the second status information of the SMF to the NRF, and the second status information of the SMF can be used to indicate that the SMF is unavailable under the screening conditions.
  • the state information of the SMF includes first state information and second state information of the SMF.
  • the status information of the SMF may include parameter information corresponding to the screening condition and indication information for indicating whether the SMF is available under the screening condition.
  • the NRF may store the parameters corresponding to the screening condition.
  • Information and includes indication information for indicating whether the SMF is available under the screening condition, for example, the first state information of the SMF includes parameter information corresponding to the screening condition, and includes information for indicating that the SMF is available under the screening condition.
  • the second state information of the SMF includes parameter information corresponding to the screening condition, and includes indication information for indicating that the SMF is unavailable under the screening condition.
  • the state information of the SMF may include parameter information corresponding to the screening condition, identification information of the screening condition, and indication information for indicating whether the SMF is available under the screening condition
  • the NRF may store the information corresponding to the screening condition.
  • Parameter information, identification information of the screening condition, and indication information including whether the SMF is available under the screening condition for example, the first state information of the SMF includes parameter information corresponding to the screening condition, identification information of the screening condition, and It includes instruction information for indicating that the SMF is available under the screening condition, and the second state information of the SMF includes parameter information corresponding to the screening condition, identification information of the screening condition, and includes information for indicating that the SMF is under the screening condition. Unavailable instructions.
  • the status information of the SMF may include identification information of the screening condition and indication information used to indicate whether the SMF is available under the screening condition
  • the NRF may store identification information of the screening condition and include indication information Indication information of whether the SMF is available under the screening condition, for example, the first state information of the SMF includes identification information of the screening condition, and includes indication information for indicating that the SMF is available under the screening condition, and the second information of the SMF
  • the status information includes identification information of the screening condition and indication information for indicating that the SMF is unavailable under the screening condition.
  • the status information of the SMF may not include parameter information corresponding to the screening condition, then the SMF When sending SMF status information to the NRF, the amount of information that needs to be sent is small.
  • the SMF sends a deletion instruction to the NRF, which is used to instruct the NRF to delete the filtering Information about the SMF under conditions.
  • the status information of the SMF may also include the parameter information corresponding to the screening condition and the identification information of the SMF, or the status information of the SMF includes the identification information of the screening condition and the identification information of the SMF, that is, because the SMF sends to the NRF all Is the available SMF information, so the status information sent by the SMF to the NRF may not include indication information indicating whether the SMF is available under the screening conditions.
  • the NRF receives the status information of the SMF, it can know that the SMF is Available SMFs under the appropriate screening conditions. If the state information of the SMF includes indication information indicating whether the SMF is available under the screening condition, a field for carrying the indication information needs to be added, and if the state information of the SMF does not include the indication of whether the SMF is available under the screening condition The instruction information does not need to be added with a field for carrying the instruction information, which helps to be compatible with the existing message format.
  • the SMF may also send a delete instruction to the NRF, and the delete instruction is used to indicate the NRF Delete the SMF information under the filter condition.
  • the status information of the SMF may also include the parameter information corresponding to the screening condition and the identification information of the SMF, or the status information of the SMF includes the identification information of the screening condition and the identification information of the SMF, that is, because the SMF sends to the NRF all Is the information of the unavailable SMF, so the status information sent by the SMF to the NRF may not include the indication information indicating whether the SMF is available under the screening conditions.
  • the NRF receives the status information of the SMF, it can know the SMF. Is an unavailable SMF under the corresponding filter condition. If the state information of the SMF includes indication information indicating whether the SMF is available under the screening condition, a field for carrying the indication information needs to be added, and if the state information of the SMF does not include the indication of whether the SMF is available under the screening condition The instruction information does not need to be added with a field for carrying the instruction information, which helps to be compatible with the existing message format.
  • the state information of the SMF mainly includes the indication information for indicating whether the SMF is available under the screening condition as an example.
  • the selection strategy table is shown in Table 3.
  • the SMF determines that the SMF is available under the first screening condition included in the selection strategy table shown in Table 3.
  • the SMF can store Table 7. Table 7 shows the conditions under which the SMF is available. And under which filters are not available.
  • the second column of Table 7 shows the status of the SMF.
  • SMF can also indicate the status of SMF by 1 bit. If this bit is set to "1", it means that SMF is available. The bit is set to " “0” indicates that the SMF is in an unavailable state, and the embodiment of the present application does not limit the display manner of the SMF state.
  • the first row of Table 7 can be regarded as a first state information of the SMF, and the second row can be regarded as a second state information of the SMF.
  • the first state information and the second state information are included to include the filtering conditions.
  • the corresponding parameter information and the identification information of the filtering conditions are taken as an example.
  • the status information does not include the parameter information corresponding to the filtering conditions, for example, the first status information and the second status information include identification information corresponding to the filtering conditions, then Table 7 The third column can be removed. If the SMF sends status information to the NRF for the first time, it can send only the first line of information in Table 7. If the SMF does not send status information to the NRF for the first time, it can send all the information in Table 7.
  • the selection strategy table is shown in Table 4.
  • the SMF determines that the SMF is available under the first screening condition included in the selection strategy table shown in Table 4, and the second type included in the selection strategy table shown in Table 4. If the condition is unavailable under the filter conditions, you can add another column in Table 4 to store the status of the SMF. Please refer to Table 8 for this table.
  • the SMF can store Table 8. Table 8 shows the conditions under which the SMF is filtered. Available and under what filters.
  • the first column of Table 8 indicates the status of the SMF.
  • Table 8 uses the filtering conditions indicated by the SMF in the first line of Table 8 as the available status and the filtering conditions indicated by the SMF on the second line of Table 8 as the unavailable status. Therefore, in Table 8, the status of the SMF corresponding to the first screening condition (the first row of Table 8) is "available", and the status of the SMF corresponding to the second screening condition (the second row of Table 8) is "Not Available” use”.
  • the first row of Table 8 can be regarded as a first state information of the SMF, and the second row can be regarded as a second state information of the SMF.
  • the first state information and the second state information are included to include filtering conditions.
  • the corresponding parameter information is taken as an example.
  • the second column in Table 8 can be replaced The identification information for the filter condition may be replaced with the first column of Table 7, for example. If the SMF sends status information to the NRF for the first time, it can send only the first line of information in Table 8. If the SMF does not send status information to the NRF for the first time, it can send all the information in Table 8.
  • the SMF may not have to send the second status of the SMF to the NRF instead, it can send a delete indication to the NRF, the delete indication being used to instruct the NRF to delete the information of the SMF from the information of the SMFs available under the filtering conditions. For example, if the first SMF initially has a UPF available under the first screening condition, then the first SMF is available under the first screening condition, and the first SMF takes the SMF as the first state that is available under the first screening condition.
  • the information is sent to the NRF, and the NRF is stored.
  • the NRF can store the correspondence between the screening conditions and the available SMFs.
  • the NRF can store at least one screening condition, each of which can correspond to the information of at least one SMF, and the SMF corresponding to each screening condition. Both are SMFs available under this filter.
  • the first SMF may send a delete instruction to the NRF for indicating The NRF deletes the information of the first SMF corresponding to the first screening condition, and after receiving the deletion instruction, the NRF can delete the information of the first SMF in the information of the SMF corresponding to the first screening condition.
  • the first SMF is no longer available SMF as soon as it is filtered.
  • the SMF may not have to send the first It is a state information, but a deletion instruction may be sent to the NRF, and the deletion instruction is used to instruct the NRF to delete the information of the SMF from the information of the SMF that is not available under the screening condition.
  • the NRF only stores the information of the SMF in the available state.
  • the NRF may also store the information of the SMF in the unavailable state, that is, the NRF stores the information of the SMF in the available state and the information of the SMF in the available state. Unavailable state SMF information. Then, no matter if the SMF sends the SMF state information to the NRF for the first time or the SMF state information to the NRF subsequently, the SMF can send the first state information and the second state information to the NRF, so that NRF storage.
  • the SMF can send the status information of the SMF to the NRF.
  • the status information of the SMF indicates whether the SMF is in the first screening condition. Available.
  • the screening condition is specifically the second screening condition and the second screening condition, then it can be considered that the SMF sends a status message of the SMF to the NRF, the status information indicates whether the SMF is available in the second screening condition, and indicates that the SMF is in the third screening condition.
  • the SMF sends two status information of the SMF to the NRF, one of which indicates whether the SMF is available in the second screening condition, and the other status information indicates that the SMF is in the third screening condition Is available.
  • the SMF sends the first state information of the SMF to the NRF, the method is similar, and I will not go into details.
  • the AMF sends a request message to the NRF, and the NRF receives a request message from the AMF, where the request message is used to request information of an SMF that meets a fourth screening condition.
  • the AMF can call the Nnrf_NFDiscovery_Request service method of the NRF to query the SMF that meets the fourth screening condition, that is, the AMF can call the Nnrf_NFDiscovery_Request service method of the NRF to send a request message to the NRF.
  • the filtering conditions used by AMF to select SMF and the filtering conditions used by SMF to select UPF can be the same concept, that is, as described above, in addition to the pre-configured filtering conditions in SMF, it is also necessary to use AMF.
  • Filter conditions are pre-configured in.
  • the filtering conditions can be configured only in the SMF, and the SMF sends the configured filtering conditions to the AMF, or the filtering conditions can be configured only in the AMF, and the AMF sends the configured filtering conditions to the SMF.
  • the fourth screening condition here may be the first screening condition described above, or may be the second screening condition or the third screening condition described above, or may be the same as the first screening condition described above.
  • the conditions, the second screening condition, and the third screening condition are all different.
  • the AMF sends a request message to the NRF.
  • the request message is used to request information about an SMF that meets the fourth screening condition.
  • the SMF that meets the fourth screening condition may mean that the SMF meets the fourth screening condition.
  • the SMF of the screening condition may also mean that the SMF meets the fourth screening condition, and the SMF has a UPF that meets the fourth screening condition.
  • the form of the filtering conditions stored in AMF, SMF, and NRF may be corresponding.
  • the parameter information corresponding to the filtering conditions is stored in AMF, SMF, and NRF.
  • the corresponding filtering conditions are stored in AMF and SMF.
  • the parameter information stored in the NRF is the correspondence between the parameter information corresponding to the filtering conditions and the state information of the SMF.
  • AMF, SMF, and NRF all store the identification information of the filter condition.
  • AMF and SMF store the correspondence between the parameter information corresponding to the filter condition and the identification information of the filter condition. It can be the correspondence between the identification information of the screening condition and the status information of the SMF, or the correspondence between the identification information of the screening condition available in the NRF, the parameter information corresponding to the screening condition, and the status information of the SMF. .
  • the request message sent by the AMF can carry the parameter information corresponding to the fourth filter condition. In this way, the NRF can be directly clear. AMF needs query conditions. Or, if the correspondence between the identification information of the screening condition and the status information of the SMF is stored in the NRF, or the correspondence between the identification information of the screening condition, the parameter information corresponding to the screening condition and the status information of the SMF , The request message sent by the AMF can also carry the identification information of the fourth screening condition without carrying the parameter information corresponding to the fourth screening condition, which can reduce the amount of information exchanged between the AMF and the NRF, and save transmission resources.
  • the NRF may determine whether there are available SMFs that satisfy the fourth screening condition according to the status information of at least one SMF, where the status information of the at least one SMF is used to indicate that the at least one SMF is in Whether it is available under the fourth screening condition.
  • the NRF may store the status information of at least one SMF.
  • the status information of the at least one SMF may be from at least one SMF.
  • the NRF obtains the status information of the SMF, and the content of the status information of the SMF please refer to the foregoing. Introduction.
  • the state information of the SMF may include an indication that the SMF is Information of available SMFs that satisfy the fourth screening condition, or information that indicates that the SMF is an unavailable SMF that meets the fourth screening condition; or, if the status information of the SMF is displayed in an indication manner, then
  • the state information of the SMF may include information indicating that the SMF has a UPF meeting the fourth screening condition, or information indicating that the SMF does not have a UPF meeting the fourth screening condition.
  • the “available SMFs that satisfy the fourth screening condition” can also be understood as the SMFs that are available under the fourth screening condition. “Available” here refers to whether there is a UPF that meets the fourth screening condition. The specific related content has been introduced in the foregoing, so I won't go into details.
  • the SMF queries the parameter information corresponding to the fourth filtering condition when querying whether there are available SMFs that satisfy the fourth filtering condition, and if the request message carries the Is the identification information of the fourth filtering condition, the SMF performs an inquiry based on the identification information of the fourth filtering condition when inquiring whether there are available SMFs that satisfy the fourth filtering condition.
  • the state information of the SMF stored by the NRF may include only the first state information of the SMF, and may also include the first state information and the second state information of the SMF.
  • the NRF can query the information of the SMF corresponding to the stored fourth filtering condition. As long as the stored information of the SMF corresponding to the fourth filtering condition, the fourth filtering condition is satisfied.
  • the information of the available SMFs which meets the fourth screening condition and is available herein, means that these SMFs meet the fourth screening condition, and these SMFs all have UPFs available under the fourth screening condition. It can be seen that if the NRF only stores the first state information of the SMF, the NRF only needs to query whether there is corresponding SMF information under the fourth screening condition, and the method is relatively simple.
  • the information of the SMF corresponding to the fourth filtering condition stored by the NRF may include both the information of the available SMFs and the unavailable ones. SMF information, then NRF can be processed in two ways:
  • the NRF filters the available SMF information from the stored SMF information corresponding to the fourth screening condition.
  • the SMF corresponding to the SMF information is the available SMF that meets the fourth screening condition.
  • the stored SMF information corresponding to the fourth screening condition includes available SMF information;
  • the NRF determines all the stored SMF information corresponding to the fourth screening condition.
  • the SMF corresponding to the SMF information may include available SMFs that meet the fourth screening condition, or may include satisfying the fourth screening condition. Unavailable SMF, or may include available SMFs that meet the fourth screening condition and unavailable SMFs that meet the fourth screening condition.
  • the NRF sends the screening result to the AMF, and the AMF receives the screening result.
  • the NRF can call the Nnrf_NFDiscovery_Request response service method of the NRF to send the screening results to the AMF.
  • the screening result indicates whether there are available SMFs that satisfy the fourth screening condition.
  • the NRF may send a screening result to the AMF based on the Nnrf_NFDiscovery_Request service method of the NRF.
  • the NRF only stores the first state information of the SMF, the NRF only needs to query whether there is corresponding SMF information under the fourth screening condition, for example, there are corresponding K SMF information under the fourth screening condition, then the NRF can set K The information of the SMFs is sent to the AMF as a screening result.
  • the K SMFs are available SMFs that satisfy the fourth screening condition, and K is a positive integer.
  • the NRF can send a failure indication to the AMF, and the screening result at this time is the failure indication and the failure indication. It may indicate that no available SMF satisfies the fourth screening condition.
  • the NRF can send a screening result to the AMF by sending a message.
  • One implementation of the failure indication is a message with empty content. If the message sent by the NRF to the AMF is empty, it indicates that the fourth filtering condition is not available.
  • another implementation of the failure indication is a specific indicator code, such as a failure code. If the message sent by the NRF to the AMF carries the indicator code, it indicates that the fourth filter condition is not available.
  • SMF the embodiment of the present application does not limit the implementation manner of the failure indication.
  • the NRF can carry the information of the K SMFs in the message and send it to the SMF.
  • the NRF stores the first state information and the second state information of the SMF, and the NRF adopts the first processing method introduced in S605
  • the NRF query determines that the stored fourth filtering condition corresponds to The SMF information includes the available SMF information, and the NRF can send the information of the K SMFs as the screening result to the AMF, and these K SMFs are the available SMFs that satisfy the fourth screening condition.
  • the NRF can also send a failure indication to the AMF. For the introduction of the failure indication, refer to the content of the previous paragraph.
  • the NRF can send the information of these SMFs to the AMF.
  • the NRF can send the status information of these SMFs to the AMF.
  • the SMFs available under the four screening conditions may either be SMFs that are not available under the fourth screening condition, or may include both SMFs that are available under the fourth screening condition and SMFs that are not available under the fourth screening condition, in short
  • the NRF can be sent directly to the AMF without screening, which can be screened by the AMF. That is, the AMF may determine whether there is an available SMF that satisfies the fourth screening condition from the received SMF status information. If the NRF query determines that there is no corresponding SMF information in the fourth screening condition, the NRF can also send a failure indication to the AMF.
  • the failure indication please refer to the foregoing.
  • the AMF may determine the status of the SMFs based on the received status information of the SMFs from the NRF. If it is determined that these SMFs are all SMFs available under the fourth screening condition, the AMF may select all or some of the SMFs in the SMFs; Alternatively, if it is determined that some of the SMFs are SMFs available under the fourth screening condition, and the remaining part of SMFs are SMFs that are not available under the fourth screening condition, the AMF may select the SMFs available under the fourth screening condition All or some of the SMFs in the SMF; or, if it is determined that these SMFs are all SMFs that are not available under the fourth screening condition, the AMF determines that there are no available SMFs that satisfy the fourth screening condition.
  • the information of the K SMFs sent by the NRF to the AMF may be the FQDN or IP address of the K SMFs, and of course, it may also be other information of the SMFs.
  • the information of the SMF obtained by the AMF can be the information of the available SMFs under the filtering conditions requested by the AMF, so that the AMF selects such SMFs, and when the SMF selects the UPF, Can choose the available UPF, try to avoid the situation that the SMF cannot select the available UPF, reduce the chance of the AMF reselecting the SMF, reduce the delay of the PDU session creation process, improve the efficiency of the SMF selection, and reduce the activation Odds of failure.
  • This embodiment of the present application also provides a method for selecting a session management function network element.
  • this method is applied to FIG. 2, FIG. 3, or FIG. 4.
  • the scenario shown is an example, and the method may be executed by the session management function network element 101 and the network function repository function network element 102 included in the system 100 for selecting a session management function network provided by the embodiment shown in FIG.
  • the SMF and NRF described in the text of course, also involve the mobility management function network element and the user plane function network element in the implementation process of the method, that is, the AMF and UPF described below.
  • the embodiment of this application may include two processes.
  • the first process for example, is called a state synchronization process, which may occur before the PDU session is created, or it may occur in the process of creating a PDU session.
  • the second process for example, is called selection.
  • the SMF process may occur during the process of creating a PDU session.
  • the SMF sends a subscription request to the NRF, and the NRF receives the subscription request.
  • the subscription request carries subscription parameters.
  • the subscription parameters are information about the UPF that the SMF is interested in, that is, information about the UPF that the SMF needs to subscribe to.
  • the subscription parameters include, for example, DNN, S-NSSAI, and SMF area identification.
  • the SMF can call the Nnrf_NFManagement_NFStatusSubscribe service method of the NRF to initiate a subscription to the NRF, that is, call the Nnrf_NFManagement_NFStatusSubscribe service method of the NRF to send a subscription request to the NRF.
  • the NRF sends a notification message to the SMF, and the SMF receives the notification message, and the notification message carries information about the UPF that currently meets the subscription parameters.
  • the notification message in S803 is referred to as a first notification message.
  • the NRF may call the Nnrf_NFManagement_NFStatusNotify service method to send a first notification message to the SMF.
  • the UPF information carried in the first notification message may be the FQDN or IP address of the N4 interface of the UPF.
  • the NRF may not need to perform S803, or the NRF executes S803, but in S803, the first notification message sent by the NRF to the SMF does not carry UPF information that meets the subscription parameters. Instead, it carries notification information, which is used to notify the SMF that there is currently no UPF that meets the subscription parameters.
  • the process by which the UPF sends UPF information to the NRF includes the following S804-S806.
  • the following S804-S806 can also be understood as introducing the process that occurs after a new UPF is deployed to the system:
  • the OAM system can configure the identification information of the NRF on the UPF and the attribute information for the UPF. That is, the information for configuring the UPF.
  • the UPF sends a request message to the NRF, such as a third request message.
  • the NRF receives the third request message, and the third request message carries the NF type of the UPF, the FQDN or the IP address of the N4 interface, and the OAM is the UPF. Configured attribute information.
  • the UPF can call the NRF's Nnrf_NFManagement_NFRegister service method to register with the NRF, that is, call the NRF's Nnrf_NFManagement_NFRegister service method to send a third request message to the NRF.
  • the NRF can send a notification message to the SMF, and the SMF receives the notification message, and the notification message carries The UPF information.
  • the UPF information carried in the notification message may be the FQDN or IP address of the N4 interface of the UPF.
  • the notification message in S806 is referred to as a second notification message.
  • the NRF may call the Nnrf_NFManagement_NFStatusNotify service method to send a second notification message to the SMF.
  • the NRF need not perform S806.
  • the SMF classifies the information of the UPF into the UPF status parameter table.
  • the SMF decides whether SMF is available under the screening conditions.
  • the SMF sends the first state information of the SMF to the NRF, and the NRF receives the first state information of the SMF from the SMF.
  • the first state information of the SMF is used to indicate that the SMF is available under the screening condition.
  • the first state information Used to select SMF.
  • the SMF may call the Nnrf_NFManagement_NFUpdate service method of the NRF to send the first state information of the SMF to the NRF.
  • the AMF sends a request message to the NRF, and the NRF receives a request message from the AMF, and the request message is used to request information about an SMF that meets a fourth screening condition.
  • the request message of S810 is referred to as a fourth request message, for example.
  • the AMF can call the Nnrf_NFDiscovery_Request service method of the NRF to query the SMF that meets the fourth filtering condition, that is, the AMF can call the Nnrf_NFDiscovery_Request service method of the NRF to send a fourth request message to the NRF.
  • the NRF sends the screening result to the AMF, and the AMF receives the screening result.
  • the NRF can call the Nnrf_NFDiscovery_Request response service method of the NRF to send the screening results to the AMF.
  • the SMF can obtain the UPF information by subscribing to the NRF.
  • the SMF only needs to perform a subscription operation, and the subsequent information can be obtained directly from the UPF.
  • the SMF does not need to send too much information, and it also reduces The interaction process between SMF and UPF.
  • the state of the SMF is set by the SMF, and the state information of the SMF is sent to the NRF.
  • the NRF directly The state information of the SMF determines whether there are available SMFs that satisfy the filtering conditions requested by the AMF.
  • the state of the SMF can also be determined by the NRF, that is, the SMF does not need to set the state of the SMF, and the NRF can determine the state of the SMF by itself after receiving the request from the AMF.
  • an embodiment of the present application further provides a method for selecting a network element of a session management function.
  • the method is continuously applied to the scenarios shown in FIG. 2, FIG. 3, or FIG. 4.
  • the method may be executed by the session management function network element 101 and the network function repository function network element 102 included in the system 100 for selecting a session management function network provided by the embodiment shown in FIG. 1, which is described below.
  • SMF and NRF of course, in the implementation process of this method, also involve mobility management function network elements and user plane function network elements, that is, AMF and UPF described below.
  • the embodiment of the present application may also include two processes. Among them, S901 to S904 belong to the first process.
  • the first process for example, is also called the information acquisition process, which may occur before the PDU session is created, or it may occur during the PDU session creation.
  • S905 and subsequent steps belong to the second process.
  • the first process such as the process of selecting SMF, may occur in the process of creating a PDU session.
  • the OAM system can configure the identification information of the NRF on the UPF and the attribute information for the UPF. That is, the information for configuring the UPF.
  • the UPF sends a request message to the NRF, such as a third request message.
  • the NRF receives the third request message.
  • the third request message carries the NF type of the UPF, the FQDN or the IP address of the N4 interface, and the OAM is the UPF. Configured attribute information.
  • the AMF sends a request message to the NRF, and the NRF receives a request message from the AMF, where the request message is used to request information about an SMF that meets a fourth screening condition.
  • this request message is referred to as a fourth request message, for example.
  • the AMF can call the Nnrf_NFDiscovery_Request service method of the NRF to query the SMF that meets the fourth screening condition, that is, the AMF can call the Nnrf_NFDiscovery_Request service method of the NRF to send a request message to the NRF.
  • the NRF determines whether there are available SMFs that meet the fourth screening condition.
  • the NRF can query according to the fourth screening condition to determine whether there are SMFs that meet the fourth screening condition. If there are SMFs that meet the fourth screening condition, the NRF then determines whether these SMFs that meet the fourth screening condition are in the fourth screening. SMFs that can be used under conditions, that is, determine whether these SMFs have UPFs available under the fourth screening condition, or determine whether there are UPFs that meet the fourth screening condition among the UPFs associated with these SMFs.
  • the UPF associated with the SMF includes a UPF that satisfies the fourth screening condition. Such an SMF is an available SMF that satisfies the fourth screening condition.
  • the NRF sends the screening result to the AMF, and the AMF receives the screening result.
  • the NRF can call the Nnrf_NFDiscovery_Request response service method of the NRF to send the screening results to the AMF.
  • the NRF can send the information of these SMFs to the AMF as the screening result. For example, the NRF can send the FQDN or IP address of these SMFs to the AMF as the screening result, of course. Other information that can be SMF is sent to the AMF as a screening result.
  • the NRF may send a failure indication to the AMF. The failure indication may be used to indicate that no SMF is available for the fourth screening condition. For the failure indication, refer to FIG. 7. The related description of S708 in the embodiment is not repeated here.
  • the SMF that satisfies the screening condition and can be selected can be selected by the NRF.
  • the SMF is not required to set the state of the SMF, which reduces the burden of the SMF.
  • each network element that implements the foregoing includes a hardware structure and / or a software module corresponding to each function.
  • the embodiments of the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a function is executed by hardware or computer software-driven hardware depends on the specific application of the technical solution and design constraints. Professional technicians can use different methods to implement the described functions for each specific application, but such implementation should not be considered to be beyond the scope of the embodiments of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 a schematic diagram of a device provided by the present application may be used.
  • the device may be a session management function network element 101, a mobility management function network element, a network function repository function network element 102, or a chip.
  • the device 1000 may be configured to perform an operation performed by the SMF in the embodiment shown in any one of FIGS. 7 to 9.
  • the device is a mobility management function network element or chip
  • the device 1000 may be configured to perform an operation performed by the AMF in the embodiment shown in any one of the drawings in FIG. 7 to FIG. 9.
  • the device is a network function repository function network element 102 or a chip
  • the device 1000 may be configured to perform an operation performed by the NRF in the embodiment shown in any one of FIGS. 7 to 9.
  • the device 1000 includes at least one processor 1001, a communication line 1002, a memory 1003, and at least one communication interface 1004.
  • the processor 1001 may be a general-purpose central processing unit (CPU), a microprocessor, an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or one or more integrations for controlling the execution of the program of the solution of the present application. Circuit.
  • CPU central processing unit
  • ASIC application-specific integrated circuit
  • the communication line 1002 may include a path for transmitting information between the aforementioned components.
  • the communication interface 1004 uses any device such as a transceiver to communicate with other devices or communication networks, such as Ethernet, radio access network (RAN), wireless local area networks (WLAN), Wired access network, etc.
  • RAN radio access network
  • WLAN wireless local area networks
  • Wired access network etc.
  • the memory 1003 may be a read-only memory (ROM) or other types of static storage devices that can store static information and instructions, a random access memory (random access memory, RAM), or other types that can store information and instructions
  • the dynamic storage device can also be electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM-ready-only memory (EEPROM)), compact disc (read-only memory (CD-ROM)) or other optical disk storage, optical disk storage (Including compact discs, laser discs, optical discs, digital versatile discs, Blu-ray discs, etc.), magnetic disk storage media or other magnetic storage devices, or can be used to carry or store desired program code in the form of instructions or data structures and can be used by a computer Any other media accessed, but not limited to this.
  • the memory may exist independently, and is connected to the processor through the communication line 1002. The memory can also be integrated with the processor.
  • the memory 1003 is configured to store a computer execution instruction for executing the solution of the present application, and the processor 1001 controls the execution.
  • the processor 1001 is configured to execute computer execution instructions stored in the memory 1003, so as to implement the method for selecting a session management function network element provided by the foregoing embodiment of the present application.
  • the computer-executable instructions in the embodiments of the present application may also be referred to as application program codes, which are not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the processor 1001 may include one or more CPUs, such as CPU0 and CPU1 in FIG. 10.
  • the apparatus 1000 may include multiple processors, such as the processor 1001 and the processor 1008 in FIG. 10. Each of these processors may be a single-CPU processor or a multi-CPU processor.
  • a processor herein may refer to one or more devices, circuits, and / or processing cores for processing data (such as computer program instructions).
  • the device shown in FIG. 10 is a chip, for example, it may be a chip of the session management function network element 101, or a chip of the mobility management function network element, or a chip of the network function repository function network element 102, the chip includes processing A processor 1001 (which may also include a processor 1008), a communication line 1002, a memory 1003, and a communication interface 1004.
  • the communication interface 1004 may be an input interface, a pin, or a circuit.
  • the memory 1003 may be a register, a cache, or the like.
  • the processor 1001 and the processor 1008 may be a general-purpose CPU, a microprocessor, an ASIC, or one or more integrated circuits for controlling program execution of a method for selecting a session management function network element in any of the foregoing embodiments.
  • the embodiments of the present application may divide the function modules of the device according to the foregoing method examples.
  • each function module may be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions may be integrated into one processing module.
  • the above integrated modules may be implemented in the form of hardware or software functional modules.
  • the division of the modules in the embodiments of the present application is schematic, and is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be another division manner.
  • FIG. 11 shows a schematic diagram of a device.
  • the device 1100 may be the session management function network element 101 involved in the foregoing embodiment, or may be the same as in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the involved mobility management function network element is either the network function repository function network element 102 involved in the above embodiments, or the chip in the session management function network element 101, or the mobility management function network element.
  • the device 1100 includes a transceiver unit 1101 and a processing unit 1102.
  • the device 1100 when the device 1100 is a chip of the session management function network element 101 or the session management function network element 101 of the foregoing embodiment, then,
  • a processing unit 1102 configured to determine whether there is a user plane function network element that meets the screening conditions
  • the transceiver unit 1101 is configured to send the first state information of the session management function network element 101 to the network function repository function network element 102 if the processing unit 1102 determines that there is a user plane function network element that meets the screening condition.
  • the first state information of the session management function network element 101 is used to indicate that the session management function network element 101 is available under the screening condition, and the first state information is used to select a session management function network element.
  • the first state information includes:
  • processing unit 1102 is specifically configured to:
  • the information of the user plane function network element is not obtained, and it is determined that there is no user plane function network element that meets the screening condition.
  • the processing unit 1102 used to obtain the information of at least one user plane function network element specifically includes:
  • the notification message of the element 102 obtains information of the at least one user plane function network element according to the notification message.
  • the processing unit 1102 may receive the information from the at least one user plane function network element of the at least one user plane function network element through the transceiver unit 1101, and send the information to the network function repository function network element 102 through the transceiver unit 1101.
  • the subscription message may also receive a notification message from the network function repository function network element through the transceiver unit 1101.
  • the screening condition includes at least one of DNN and S-NSSAI.
  • the transceiver unit 1101 is further configured to:
  • the processing unit 1102 determines that there is no user plane function network element that meets the screening condition, sending the second state information of the session management function network element 101 to the network function repository function network element 102, the session management function
  • the second state information of the network element 101 is used to indicate that the session management function network element 101 is unavailable under the screening condition; or,
  • a delete instruction is sent to the network function repository function network element 102, and the delete instruction is used to instruct the network function repository function network element 102 , Deleting the information of the session management function network element 101 from the information of the session management function network element available under the screening condition.
  • the screening condition is specifically a first screening condition
  • the processing unit 1102 is configured to determine whether there is a user plane function network element that meets the screening condition, and specifically includes:
  • the screening conditions are specifically the second screening condition and the third screening condition, and the processing unit 1102 is configured to determine whether there is a user plane function network element that meets the screening conditions, and specifically includes:
  • the transceiver unit 1101 is configured to send the first state information of the session management function network element 101 to the network function repository function network element 102 if there is a user plane function network element that meets the screening condition.
  • the first state information of the session management function network element 101 is used to indicate that the session management function network element 101 is available under the screening condition, and includes:
  • the screening condition is specifically the first screening condition. If the processing unit 1101 determines that there is a user plane function network element that meets the first screening condition, the transceiver unit 1101 sends the first state information of the session management function network element 101 to The network function repository function network element 102, the first state information of the session management function network element 101 is used to indicate that the session management function network element 101 is available under the first screening condition;
  • the screening condition is specifically the second screening condition and the third screening condition. If the processing unit 1101 determines that there is a user plane function network element that meets the second screening condition, the transceiver unit 1101 sets the session management function network element 101 Sending the first state information of the network function storage network element 102 to the network function repository, and the first state information of the session management function network element 101 is used to indicate that the session management function network element is available under the second screening condition; or The processing unit 1101 determines that there is a user plane function network element that meets the third screening condition, and the transceiver unit 1101 sends the first state information of the session management function network element 101 to the network function repository function network element 102, and the session management function network element The first state information of 101 is used to indicate that the session management function network element 101 is available under the third screening condition.
  • the screening condition is specifically the first screening condition, if the first screening condition is empty, it means that the first screening condition is used to screen all user plane function network elements; or,
  • the screening condition is specifically the second screening condition and the third screening condition
  • the at least one screening condition Conditions are used to filter all user plane function network elements.
  • the first state information of the session management function network element 101 includes parameter information corresponding to the screening condition, and includes indication information for indicating that the session management function network element 101 is available under the screening condition; or,
  • the first state information of the session management function network element 101 includes identification information of the screening condition, and includes indication information for indicating that the session management function network element 101 is available under the screening condition.
  • the device 1100 is a chip of the network function repository function network element 102 or the network function repository function network element 102 of the above embodiment, then,
  • the transceiver unit 1101 is configured to receive a request message from a mobility management function network element, where the request message is used to request information about a session management function network element 101 that meets a fourth screening condition;
  • a processing unit 1102 is configured to determine, according to the status information of at least one session management function network element 101, whether there is an available session management function network element 101 that meets the fourth screening condition, wherein the at least one session management function network element
  • the state information of 101 is used to indicate whether the at least one session management function network element 101 is in an available state under the fourth screening condition
  • the transceiver unit 1101 is further configured to send a screening result to the mobility management function network element.
  • the state information of a session management function network element 101 includes:
  • the filtering result is specifically information of K session management function network elements 101, where the information of the K session management function network elements 101 is used to indicate that the K session management function network elements 101 meet the fourth Available session management function network element 101 for the filter condition; or,
  • the screening information is specifically a failure indication, wherein the failure indication indicates that the available session management function network element 101 that does not meet the fourth screening condition is available.
  • the state information of the at least one session management function network element 101 is from at least one session management function network element 101.
  • the state information of one session management function network element 101 among the at least one session management function network element 101 includes parameter information corresponding to at least one screening condition, and includes information indicating that the one session management function network element 101 is in Indication information of availability of each of the at least one screening condition, the at least one screening condition including the fourth screening condition; or,
  • the state information of one session management function network element 101 among the at least one session management function network element 101 includes identification information of at least one filtering condition, and includes information used to indicate that the one session management function network element 101 is in the Indication information indicating whether each of the at least one screening condition is available, and the at least one screening condition includes the fourth screening condition.
  • the apparatus may be used to implement the steps performed by the session management function network element 101, the mobility management function network element, and the network function repository function network element 102 in the method of the embodiment of the present application.
  • the session management function network element 101 the mobility management function network element
  • the network function repository function network element 102 the network function repository function network element 102 in the method of the embodiment of the present application.
  • the function / implementation process of the transceiver unit 1101 and the processing unit 1102 in FIG. 11 may be implemented by the processor 1001 in FIG. 10 calling a computer execution instruction stored in the memory 1003.
  • the function / implementation process of the processing unit 1102 in FIG. 11 may be implemented by the processor 1001 in FIG. 10 calling a computer execution instruction stored in the memory 1003, and the function / implementation process of the transceiver unit 1101 in FIG. 11 may be performed through the graph.
  • the communication interface 1004 in 10 is implemented.
  • the function / implementation process of the transceiver unit 1101 may also be implemented through pins or circuits.
  • the memory 1003 may be a storage unit in the chip, such as a register, a cache, and the like.
  • the memory 1003 may also be a storage unit located outside the chip in the session management function network element 101.
  • the memory 1003 may also be a storage unit located outside the chip in the network function repository function network element 102, which is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions.
  • the computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices.
  • the computer instructions may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions may be from a website site, computer, server, or data center Transmission by wire (for example, coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (for example, infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) to another website site, computer, server, or data center.
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server, a data center, and the like that includes one or more available medium integration.
  • the usable medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a DVD), or a semiconductor medium (for example, a solid state disk (SSD)).
  • Various illustrative logic units and circuits described in the embodiments of the present application may be implemented by a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor (DSP), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), and field programmable A gate-array (field-programmable gate array, FPGA), or other programmable logic device, discrete gate or transistor logic, discrete hardware components, or any combination of the above is designed to implement or operate the described functions.
  • the general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor.
  • the general-purpose processor may also be any conventional processor, controller, microcontroller, or state machine.
  • the processor may also be implemented by a combination of computing devices, such as a digital signal processor and a microprocessor, multiple microprocessors, one or more microprocessors in conjunction with a digital signal processor core, or any other similar configuration. achieve.
  • a software unit may be stored in a RAM memory, a flash memory, a ROM memory, an EPROM memory, an EEPROM memory, a register, a hard disk, a removable disk, a CD-ROM, or any other form of storage medium in the art.
  • the storage medium may be connected to the processor, so that the processor can read information from the storage medium and can write information to the storage medium.
  • the storage medium may be integral to the processor.
  • the processor and the storage medium may be provided in an ASIC, and the ASIC may be provided in a terminal device. Alternatively, the processor and the storage medium may also be provided in different components in the terminal device.
  • These computer program instructions can also be loaded on a computer or other programmable data processing device, so that a series of steps can be performed on the computer or other programmable device to produce a computer-implemented process, and the The instructions provide steps for implementing the functions specified in one or more flowcharts and / or one or more blocks of the block diagrams.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Security & Cryptography (AREA)
  • Databases & Information Systems (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)
  • Computer And Data Communications (AREA)

Abstract

A method, device and system for selecting a session management function network element, the method comprising: determining whether a user plane function network element that meets a screening condition exists, and if yes, sending first state information of a session management function network element to a network function storage library function network element, the first state information of the session management function network element being used to indicate that the session management function network element is available under the filtering condition, and the first state information also being used to select a session management function network element. Therefore, when subsequently selecting the session management function network element, the session management function network element may be selected according to the state thereof, and it may be ensured to the greatest extent possible that an available session management function network element may be selected so as to reduce the delay in creating a session process.

Description

一种选择会话管理功能网元的方法、装置及系统Method, device and system for selecting session management function network element
本申请要求于2018年7月17日提交中国国家知识产权局、申请号为201810783829.1、发明名称为“一种选择会话管理功能网元的方法、装置及系统”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of a Chinese patent application filed on July 17, 2018 with the State Intellectual Property Office of China with the application number 201810783829.1 and the invention name "A Method, Device and System for Selecting a Network Element for Session Management Function", which The entire contents are incorporated herein by reference.
技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种选择会话管理功能网元的方法、装置及系统。The present application relates to the field of communication technologies, and in particular, to a method, a device, and a system for selecting a network element for a session management function.
背景技术Background technique
在创建分组数据单元(packet data unit,PDU)会话(session)的流程中,包含了由接入和移动性管理功能(access and mobility management function,AMF)选择会话管理功能(session management function,SMF)的过程,以及由SMF选择用户面功能(user plane function,UPF)的过程。AMF在选择SMF时,是选择符合一定的参数要求的SMF,例如AMF可以向网络功能存储库功能(network function repository function,NRF)发送一定的参数要求,由NRF选择符合该参数要求的SMF,并将选择结果发送给AMF。In the process of creating a packet data unit (PDU) session, the access and mobility management function (AMF) is used to select the session management function (SMF). Process, and the process of selecting a user plane function (UPF) by the SMF. When AMF selects SMF, it selects SMF that meets certain parameter requirements. For example, AMF can send certain parameter requirements to the network function repository function (NRF), and NRF selects the SMF that meets the parameter requirements, and Send the selection result to AMF.
采用现有技术中的选择方式,可能存在一种情况:AMF选择了一个SMF,但是该SMF在选择UPF时,选择不到符合一定的参数要求的UPF,也就是,对于该SMF来说,没有可用的UPF,这就意味着AMF选择的SMF是无效的,导致激活失败。Using the selection method in the prior art, there may be a situation: AMF selects an SMF, but when the SMF selects a UPF, it cannot select a UPF that meets certain parameter requirements, that is, for the SMF, there is no The available UPF, which means that the SMF selected by the AMF is invalid, causing the activation to fail.
可以看到,这种选择SMF的方式效率较低,给创建PDU session的过程带来了较大的时延。It can be seen that this method of selecting SMF is relatively inefficient and brings a large delay to the process of creating a PDU session.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请实施例提供一种选择会话管理功能网元的方法、装置及系统,用于提高选择会话管理功能网元的效率,减小创建会话的过程的时延。The embodiments of the present application provide a method, a device, and a system for selecting a network element for a session management function, which are used to improve the efficiency of selecting a network element for a session management function and reduce the delay in the process of creating a session.
第一方面,提供第一种选择会话管理功能网元的方法,该方法例如由会话管理功能网元执行,在5G系统中,会话管理功能网元例如为SMF。该方法包括:确定是否有符合筛选条件的用户面功能网元,若有符合所述筛选条件的用户面功能网元,将该会话管理功能网元的第一状态信息发送给网络功能存储库功能网元,该会话管理功能网元的第一状态信息用于指示该会话管理功能网元在所述筛选条件下可用,会话管理功能网元的第一状态信息用于选择会话管理功能网元。In a first aspect, a first method for selecting a session management function network element is provided. The method is performed by, for example, a session management function network element. In a 5G system, the session management function network element is, for example, an SMF. The method includes: determining whether there is a user plane function network element that meets the screening condition, and if there is a user plane function network element that meets the screening condition, sending the first state information of the session management function network element to the network function repository function Network element, the first state information of the session management function network element is used to indicate that the session management function network element is available under the screening condition, and the first state information of the session management function network element is used to select the session management function network element.
在本申请实施例中,会根据用户面功能网元的情况来确定会话管理功能网元的状态,如果有符合筛选条件的用户面功能网元,则会话管理功能网元的状态在所述筛选条件下就是可用状态,并将指示会话管理功能网元在所述筛选条件下可用的第一状态信息发送给网络功能存储库功能网元,那么网络功能存储库功能网元后续在该筛选条件下选择会话管理功能网元时,就可以根据会话管理功能网元的状态来进行选择,例如,可以只选择具有第一状态信息的会话管理功能网元,也就是只选择在该筛选条件下可用的会话管理功能网元,这样就尽量 保证了,所选择的会话管理功能网元具有可用的用户面功能网元,从而减小了因为所选择的会话管理功能网元没有可用的用户面功能网元而导致的需要重选会话管理功能网元的几率,提高了选择会话管理功能网元的效率,减小了创建会话的过程的时延,也提高了激活速率。In the embodiment of the present application, the state of the session management function network element is determined according to the situation of the user plane function network element. If there is a user plane function network element that meets the filtering conditions, the state of the session management function network element is in the screening. The condition is the available status, and the first status information indicating that the session management function network element is available under the screening condition is sent to the network function repository function network element, and then the network function repository function network element is subsequently in the screening condition. When selecting a session management function network element, it can be selected according to the state of the session management function network element. For example, only the session management function network element with the first state information can be selected, that is, only the ones that are available under the filter condition are selected. Session management function network element, so as far as possible is guaranteed, the selected session management function network element has available user plane function network elements, thereby reducing the number of user plane function network elements because the selected session management function network element is not available The probability of re-selection of the network element of the session management function is caused, which improves the efficiency of selecting the network element of the session management function. Rate, reducing the delay in the process of creating a session and also increasing the activation rate.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一状态信息包括:指示该会话管理功能网元在所述筛选条件下可用的信息;或,指示该会话管理功能网元具有满足所述筛选条件的用户面功能网元的信息。In a possible implementation manner, the first state information includes: information indicating that the session management function network element is available under the screening condition; or, indicating that the session management function network element has a user plane that meets the screening condition Information about the functional NEs.
也就是说,第一状态信息可以有两种指示方式,第一种指示方式可称为隐式指示方式,是指示会话管理功能网元可用,而会话管理功能网元在筛选条件下可用,也就是表明该会话管理功能网元在该筛选条件下有可用的用户面功能网元,因此,隐式指示方式是通过指示会话管理功能网元是否可用来指示了该会话管理功能网元是否有可用的用户面功能网元。第二种指示方式可称为显式指示方式,是指示会话管理功能网元具有满足筛选条件的用户面功能网元,也就是说,显式指示方式是直接指示了会话管理功能网元是否有可用的用户面功能网元。通过隐式指示方式,既能确定会话管理功能网元可用,也能确定会话管理功能网元有可用的用户面功能网元,通过一个指示就能确定两重内容;而通过显式指示,能直接确定会话管理功能网元有可用的用户面功能网元,指示方式更为直接。至于第一状态信息究竟采用哪种指示方式,可以通过协议预定义,或者由各网元之间事先协商确定等,具体的不做限制。That is to say, the first state information can have two indication modes. The first indication mode can be called an implicit indication mode, which indicates that the session management function network element is available, and the session management function network element is available under the filtering conditions. It means that the session management function network element has user plane function network elements available under the filter condition. Therefore, the implicit indication method is to indicate whether the session management function network element is available to indicate whether the session management function network element is available. User plane function network element. The second indication method can be called an explicit indication method, which indicates that the session management function network element has a user plane function network element that satisfies the filtering conditions, that is, the explicit indication method directly indicates whether the session management function network element has Available user plane function network elements. Through the implicit indication method, it can be determined that the session management function network element is available, and it can be determined that the session management function network element is available with the user plane function network element, and the double content can be determined by one instruction; and the explicit instruction can It is directly determined that the session management function network element has a user plane function network element available, and the indication method is more direct. As for which indication method is adopted for the first state information, it may be predefined by a protocol, or determined in advance through negotiation between network elements, and the like is not specifically limited.
在一种可能的实现方式中,确定是否有符合筛选条件的用户面功能网元,可以包括:获取至少一个用户面功能网元的信息,并根据获取的至少一个用户面功能网元的信息,确定这至少一个用户面功能网元中是否有符合所述筛选条件的用户面功能网元;或,未获取到用户面功能网元的信息,确定没有符合所述筛选条件的用户面功能网元。In a possible implementation manner, determining whether there is a user plane function network element that meets the filtering conditions may include: obtaining information of at least one user plane function network element, and according to the obtained information of at least one user plane function network element, Determine whether there is a user plane function network element that meets the screening condition among the at least one user plane function network element; or, that no information of the user plane function network element is obtained, and determine that there is no user plane function network element that meets the screening condition .
既然要确定是否有符合筛选条件的用户面功能网元,能够想到的就是要获取用户面功能网元的信息,从而根据用户面功能网元的信息来确定这些用户面功能网元是否符合筛选条件。而要获取用户面功能网元的信息,就有可能是能够获取到,也有可能获取不到。那么在本申请实施例中,如果获取了用户面功能网元的信息,就可以根据用户面功能网元的信息确定这些用户面功能网元是否符合筛选条件,而如果没有获取到用户面功能网元的信息,就可以直接确定没有符合筛选条件的用户面功能网元。从而,无论能否获取到用户面功能网元的信息,本申请实施例都能够确定是否有符合筛选条件的用户面功能网元。Since it is necessary to determine whether there are user plane function network elements that meet the filtering conditions, all that can be thought of is to obtain the information of the user plane function network elements, and then determine whether these user plane function network elements meet the filter conditions based on the information of the user plane function network elements. . To obtain the information of the user plane functional network elements, it may or may not be available. Then, in the embodiment of the present application, if the information of the user plane function network element is obtained, it can be determined whether the user plane function network element meets the filtering condition according to the information of the user plane function network element, and if the user plane function network element is not obtained, Information, you can directly determine that there are no user plane function network elements that meet the filtering conditions. Therefore, regardless of whether the information of the user plane function network element can be obtained, the embodiments of the present application can determine whether there is a user plane function network element that meets the filtering conditions.
在一种可能的实现方式中,获取至少一个用户面功能网元的信息,可以包括:接收来自至少一个用户面功能网元的所述至少一个用户面功能网元的信息,其中,来自一个用户面功能网元的是一个用户面功能网元的信息;或,向网络功能存储库功能网元发送订阅消息,该订阅消息用于订阅满足筛选条件的用户面功能网元的信息,以及,接收来自网络功能存储库功能网元的通知消息,根据该通知消息获得至少一个用户面功能网元的信息。In a possible implementation manner, acquiring information of at least one user plane function network element may include: receiving information of the at least one user plane function network element from the at least one user plane function network element, where the information from one user The area function network element is information of a user area function network element; or, a subscription message is sent to the network function repository function network element, the subscription message is used to subscribe to the information of the user plane function network element that meets the filtering conditions, and receive A notification message from the network element of the network function storage function, and information of at least one user plane function element is obtained according to the notification message.
可以通过不同的方式来获取用户面功能网元的信息,例如可以直接与用户面功能网元进行交互,获得用户面功能网元的信息,这种获取方式较为直接。或者,也可以向网络功能存储库功能单元发起订阅,通过订阅过程获得用户面功能网元的信息,这种方式无需与过多的用户面功能网元交互,减少了设备之间的交互过程,而且只需一次订阅就能持续获得用户面功能网元的信息,方式较为简单。The user plane function network element information can be obtained in different ways. For example, it can directly interact with the user plane function network element to obtain the user plane function network element information. This method of acquisition is relatively straightforward. Alternatively, you can also initiate a subscription to the functional unit of the network function repository, and obtain the user plane function network element information through the subscription process. This way does not need to interact with too many user plane function network elements, which reduces the interaction process between devices. In addition, only one subscription is needed to continuously obtain the information of the user plane functional network elements, and the method is relatively simple.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述筛选条件包括DNN和S-NSSAI的至少一种。In a possible implementation manner, the screening condition includes at least one of DNN and S-NSSAI.
例如,筛选条件包括DNN,或者筛选条件包括S-NSSAI,或者筛选条件包括DNN和S-NSSAI。当然筛选条件包括的参数不限于此,例如筛选条件除了包括DNN和S-NSSAI的 至少一种之外,还可能包括其他的参数,例如筛选条件包括S-NSSAI和其他的参数,或者,筛选条件也可以不包括DNN和S-NSSAI,而是包括其他的参数,具体不做限制。For example, the screening conditions include DNN, or the screening conditions include S-NSSAI, or the screening conditions include DNN and S-NSSAI. Of course, the parameters included in the screening conditions are not limited to this. For example, the screening conditions may include other parameters in addition to at least one of DNN and S-NSSAI. For example, the screening conditions include S-NSSAI and other parameters, or the screening conditions. DNN and S-NSSAI may not be included, but other parameters may be included, which are not specifically limited.
在一种可能的实现方式中,若没有符合所述筛选条件的用户面功能网元,将会话管理功能网元的第二状态信息发送给网络功能存储库功能网元,会话管理功能网元的第二状态信息用于指示该会话管理功能网元在所述筛选条件下不可用;或,若没有符合所述筛选条件的用户面功能网元,向网络功能存储库功能网元发送删除指示,删除指示用于指示网络功能存储库功能网元,从在所述筛选条件下可用的会话管理功能网元的信息中删除该会话管理功能网元的信息。In a possible implementation manner, if there is no user plane function network element that meets the screening condition, the second state information of the session management function network element is sent to the network function repository function network element. The second state information is used to indicate that the session management function network element is unavailable under the screening condition; or, if there is no user plane function network element that meets the screening condition, sending a delete instruction to the network function repository function network element, The deletion instruction is used to instruct the network function repository function network element to delete the information of the session management function network element from the information of the session management function network element available under the screening condition.
例如,网络功能存储库功能网元存储了会话管理功能网元的状态信息,对于一个会话管理功能网元来说,该会话管理功能网元的状态信息包括该会话管理功能网元的第一状态信息或第二状态信息。那么,如果没有符合所述筛选条件的用户面功能网元,则可以将会话管理功能网元的第二状态信息发送给网络功能存储库功能网元,这样网络功能存储库功能网元既能存储会话管理功能网元的第一状态信息,也能存储会话管理功能网元的第二状态信息,从而很明确会话管理功能网元究竟是何种状态。或者,网络功能存储库功能网元可能只存储了会话管理功能网元的第一状态信息,也就是,网络功能存储库功能网元存储了第一状态信息的会话管理功能网元,都是在某种或某几种筛选条件下可用的会话管理功能网元。那么,如果有会话管理功能网元的状态信息是第二状态信息,则就可以向网络功能存储库功能网元发送删除指示,从而网络功能存储库功能网元可以删除该会话管理功能网元的信息,也就表示该会话管理功能网元不再是可用的会话管理功能网元。可见,网络功能存储库功能网元在存储会话管理功能网元的状态时,可采用不同的存储方式,较为灵活。For example, the network element of the network function storage function stores state information of the network element of the session management function. For a network element of the session management function, the state information of the network element of the session management function includes the first state of the network element of the session management function. Information or second status information. Then, if there is no user plane function network element that meets the screening conditions, the second state information of the session management function network element may be sent to the network function repository function network element, so that the network function repository function network element can store both The first state information of the session management function network element can also store the second state information of the session management function network element, so that it is very clear what kind of state the session management function network element is. Alternatively, the network function repository function network element may store only the first state information of the session management function network element, that is, the session management function network element where the network function repository function network element stores the first state information is NEs with session management functions available under certain filtering conditions. Then, if the state information of the session management function network element is the second status information, a deletion instruction can be sent to the network function storage function network element, so that the network function storage function network element can delete the session management function network element. The information indicates that the session management function network element is no longer an available session management function network element. It can be seen that when the network element of the network function storage function is used to store the state of the network element of the session management function, different storage methods can be adopted, which is more flexible.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述筛选条件具体为第一筛选条件,那么,确定是否有符合筛选条件的用户面功能网元,可以包括:确定是否有符合第一筛选条件的用户面功能网元;或,所述筛选条件具体为第二筛选条件和第三筛选条件,那么,确定是否有符合筛选条件的用户面功能网元,可以包括:确定是否有满足第二筛选条件的用户面功能网元,以及确定是否有满足第三筛选条件的用户面功能网元。In a possible implementation manner, the screening condition is specifically the first screening condition. Then, determining whether there is a user plane function network element that meets the screening condition may include: determining whether there is a user plane function that meets the first screening condition. Network element; or the screening condition is specifically the second screening condition and the third screening condition, then determining whether there is a user plane functional network element that meets the screening condition may include determining whether there is a user plane that meets the second screening condition A functional network element, and determining whether there is a user plane functional network element that meets the third screening condition.
筛选条件可能是一种也可能是多种。例如筛选条件为一种,将该筛选条件称为第一筛选条件,那么可以直接确定是否有符合第一筛选条件的用户面功能网元;或者筛选条件为多种,例如包括第二筛选条件和第三筛选条件,那么就可以对每种筛选条件分别确定是否有满足该筛选条件的用户面功能网元,以避免遗漏筛选条件。The selection criteria may be one or more. For example, if there is one kind of screening condition, and this filtering condition is called the first filtering condition, then it can be directly determined whether there are user plane functional network elements that meet the first filtering condition; or there are multiple filtering conditions, for example, including the second filtering condition and The third screening condition, then, can determine whether there is a user plane function network element that meets the screening condition for each screening condition, so as to avoid missing the screening condition.
在一种可能的实现方式中,若有符合所述筛选条件的用户面功能网元,将该会话管理功能网元的第一状态信息发送给网络功能存储库功能网元,该会话管理功能网元的第一状态信息用于指示该会话管理功能网元在所述筛选条件下可用,包括:In a possible implementation manner, if there is a user plane function network element that meets the screening condition, the first state information of the session management function network element is sent to a network function repository function network element, and the session management function network The first state information of the element is used to indicate that the session management function network element is available under the screening condition, and includes:
所述筛选条件具体为第一筛选条件,若有符合第一筛选条件的用户面功能网元,将该会话管理功能网元的第一状态信息发送给网络功能存储库功能网元,该会话管理功能网元的第一状态信息用于指示该会话管理功能网元在第一筛选条件下可用;The screening condition is specifically a first screening condition. If there is a user plane function network element that meets the first screening condition, the first state information of the session management function network element is sent to the network function repository function network element, and the session management The first state information of the function network element is used to indicate that the session management function network element is available under the first screening condition;
或,or,
所述筛选条件具体为第二筛选条件和第三筛选条件,若有符合第二筛选条件的用户面功能网元,将该会话管理功能网元的第一状态信息发送给网络功能存储库功能网元,该会话管理功能网元的第一状态信息用于指示该会话管理功能网元在第二筛选条件下可用;或者,若有符合第三筛选条件的用户面功能网元,将该会话管理功能网元的第一状态信息发送给网络 功能存储库功能网元,该会话管理功能网元的第一状态信息用于指示该会话管理功能网元在第三筛选条件下可用。The screening condition is specifically a second screening condition and a third screening condition. If there is a user plane function network element that meets the second screening condition, the first state information of the session management function network element is sent to the network function repository function network. Element, the first state information of the session management function network element is used to indicate that the session management function network element is available under the second screening condition; or, if there is a user plane function network element that meets the third screening condition, the session management The first state information of the function network element is sent to the network function repository function network element, and the first state information of the session management function network element is used to indicate that the session management function network element is available under the third screening condition.
可见,对于每种筛选条件,可以分别有对应的第一状态信息,一个会话管理功能网元即使在某种筛选条件下不可用,也很可能在其他的筛选条件下可用,从而一个会话管理功能网元可以表现出多种特性,实用性更强。当然,如果要发送该会话管理功能网元在第二筛选条件下的第一状态信息和在第三筛选条件下的第一状态信息给网络功能存储库功能网元,那么可以发送两条第一状态信息,或者也可以只发送一条第一状态信息,这条第一状态信息就能作为该会话管理功能网元在第二筛选条件下的第一状态信息以及该会话管理功能网元在第三筛选条件下的第一状态信息。It can be seen that for each screening condition, there can be corresponding first state information. Even if a session management function network element is unavailable under certain screening conditions, it is likely to be available under other screening conditions, thus a session management function. Network elements can exhibit a variety of characteristics and are more practical. Of course, if the first state information of the session management function network element under the second screening condition and the first state information under the third screening condition are to be sent to the network function repository function network element, then two first Status information, or only one piece of first status information can be sent, and this first status information can be used as the first status information of the session management function network element under the second screening condition and the session management function network element in the third The first state information under the filter condition.
在一种可能的实现方式中,在所述筛选条件具体为第一筛选条件的情况下,若第一筛选条件为空,则表示第一筛选条件用于筛选所有的用户面功能网元;或,在所述筛选条件具体为第二筛选条件和第三筛选条件的情况下,若第二筛选条件和第三筛选条件中的至少一种筛选条件为空,则表示至少一种筛选条件用于筛选所有的用户面功能网元。In a possible implementation manner, when the screening condition is specifically the first screening condition, if the first screening condition is empty, it means that the first screening condition is used to screen all user plane function network elements; or In the case where the screening condition is specifically the second screening condition and the third screening condition, if at least one of the second screening condition and the third screening condition is empty, it means that the at least one screening condition is used for Filter all user plane function network elements.
一种筛选条件可能会对应至少一个参数,或者也可能不对应任何参数,也就是该筛选条件为空。那么本申请实施例认为,如果一种筛选条件为空,就表明该筛选条件是用于筛选所有的用户面功能网元。当然,这里筛选的所有的用户面功能网元,应该是能够正常工作的用户面功能网元。A filter condition may correspond to at least one parameter, or may not correspond to any parameter, that is, the filter condition is empty. Then, the embodiment of the present application considers that if a screening condition is empty, it indicates that the screening condition is used to screen all user plane function network elements. Of course, all the user plane function network elements selected here should be the normal user plane function network elements.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该会话管理功能网元的第一状态信息包括所述筛选条件对应的参数信息,以及包括用于指示该会话管理功能网元在所述筛选条件下可用的指示信息;或,该会话管理功能网元的第一状态信息包括所述筛选条件的标识信息,以及包括用于指示该会话管理功能网元在所述筛选条件下可用的指示信息。In a possible implementation manner, the first state information of the session management function network element includes parameter information corresponding to the screening condition, and includes an instruction for indicating that the session management function network element is available under the screening condition. Information; or, the first state information of the session management function network element includes identification information of the screening condition, and includes indication information for indicating that the session management function network element is available under the screening condition.
筛选条件对应的参数信息就能表征相应的筛选条件,因此第一状态信息可以直接包括筛选条件对应的参数信息,从而能够更为直接地确定相应的筛选条件。或者,也可以为筛选条件设置标识信息,例如一种标识信息为编号,则,通过标识信息就能确定相应的筛选条件,较为简单,且筛选条件的标识信息的数据量一般会小于参数信息的数据量,从而有助于减小第一状态信息的数据量。The parameter information corresponding to the screening condition can characterize the corresponding screening condition, so the first state information can directly include the parameter information corresponding to the screening condition, so that the corresponding screening condition can be determined more directly. Alternatively, it is also possible to set identification information for the filtering conditions. For example, if one type of identification information is a number, the corresponding filtering conditions can be determined through the identification information. It is relatively simple, and the amount of data of the identification information of the filtering conditions is generally smaller than that of the parameter information. The amount of data, thereby helping to reduce the amount of data of the first state information.
第二方面,提供第二种选择会话管理功能网元的方法,该方法可由网络功能存储库功能网元执行,在5G系统中,网络功能存储库功能网元例如为NRF。该方法包括:接收来自移动性管理功能网元的请求消息,该请求消息用于请求获得满足第四筛选条件的会话管理功能网元的信息,根据至少一个会话管理功能网元的状态信息,确定是否有满足第四筛选条件的可用的会话管理功能网元,其中,至少一个会话管理功能网元的状态信息用于指示至少一个会话管理功能网元在第四筛选条件下是否处于可用状态,向移动性管理功能网元发送筛选结果。In a second aspect, a second method for selecting a session management function network element is provided. The method may be executed by a network function repository function network element. In a 5G system, the network function repository function network element is, for example, NRF. The method includes: receiving a request message from a mobility management function network element, where the request message is used to request information of a session management function network element that meets a fourth screening condition, and is determined according to status information of at least one session management function network element Whether there are available session management function network elements that satisfy the fourth screening condition, and the status information of at least one session management function network element is used to indicate whether at least one session management function network element is in an available state under the fourth screening condition. The mobility management function network element sends a screening result.
在选择会话管理功能网元时,可以根据会话管理功能网元的状态信息来进行选择,会话管理功能网元的状态信息用于指示该会话管理功能网元在第四筛选条件下是否处于可用状态,其中,会话管理功能网元在第四筛选条件下处于可用状态,可以是指该会话管理功能网元具有满足第四筛选条件的用户面功能网元。因此,根据会话管理功能网元的状态信息来选择会话管理功能网元,可以尽量保证所选择的会话管理功能网元具有可用的用户面功能网元,使得后续的创建会话的过程能够顺序进行,不会因为所选择的会话管理功能网元没有可用的用户面功能网元而导致对会话管理功能网元的选择失败,提高了选择会话管理功能网元的效率, 减小了创建会话的过程的时延,也提高了激活速率。When selecting a session management function network element, it can be selected according to the status information of the session management function network element. The status information of the session management function network element is used to indicate whether the session management function network element is available under the fourth screening condition. Wherein, the session management function network element is available under the fourth screening condition, which may mean that the session management function network element has a user plane function network element that meets the fourth screening condition. Therefore, selecting the session management function network element according to the state information of the session management function network element can ensure that the selected session management function network element has available user plane function network elements, so that the subsequent process of creating sessions can be performed sequentially. The selection of the session management function network element will not fail because the selected session management function network element has no user plane function network element available, which improves the efficiency of selecting the session management function network element and reduces the process of creating sessions. The delay also increases the activation rate.
在一种可能的实现方式中,一个会话管理功能网元的状态信息包括:指示一个会话管理功能网元为满足第四筛选条件的可用的会话管理功能网元的信息,或指示一个会话管理功能网元为满足第四筛选条件的不可用的会话管理功能网元的信息;或,指示一个会话管理功能网元具有满足第四筛选条件的用户面功能网元的信息,或指示一个会话管理功能网元不具有满足第四筛选条件的用户面功能网元的信息。In a possible implementation manner, the status information of a session management function network element includes: information indicating that a session management function network element is an available session management function network element that meets a fourth screening condition, or indicates a session management function The network element is information of an unavailable session management function network element that meets the fourth screening condition; or, information indicating that a session management function network element has a user plane function network element that meets the fourth screening condition, or indicates a session management function The network element does not have information of a user plane function network element that meets the fourth screening condition.
在介绍第一方面的实现方式时介绍了,会话管理功能网元的第一状态信息可能有隐式指示方式和显式指示方式这两种指示方式,那么同理,会话管理功能网元的状态信息也就有隐式指示方式和显式指示方式这两种指示方式。具体选择哪种指示方式,可通过协议预定义,或者由网元之间协商确定等。When introducing the implementation method of the first aspect, it was introduced that the first state information of the session management function network element may have two indication modes: implicit indication mode and explicit indication mode. Then, by the same token, the state of the session management function network element Information also has two indication modes: implicit indication mode and explicit indication mode. Which indication method is specifically selected may be predefined through a protocol or determined through negotiation between network elements.
在一种可能的实现方式中,筛选结果具体为K个会话管理功能网元的信息,其中,K个会话管理功能网元的信息用于表示K个会话管理功能网元为满足所述筛选条件的可用的会话管理功能网元;或,筛选信息具体为失败指示,其中,失败指示表示没有满足第四筛选条件的可用的会话管理功能网元。In a possible implementation manner, the filtering result is specifically information of K session management function network elements, where the information of the K session management function network elements is used to indicate that the K session management function network elements meet the screening condition. Available session management function network element; or, the filtering information is specifically a failure indication, where the failure indication indicates that the available session management function network element that does not satisfy the fourth screening condition.
在选择完毕后,可能会选择到满足第四筛选条件的可用的会话管理功能网元,或者也可能选择不到满足第四筛选条件的可用的会话管理功能网元。那么,如果选择到了满足第四筛选条件的可用的会话管理功能网元,就可以直接将所选择的满足第四筛选条件的可用的会话管理功能网元的信息作为筛选条件发送给移动性管理功能网元,而如果未选择到满足第四筛选条件的可用的会话管理功能网元,也可以向移动性管理功能网元发送失败指示,从而,无论能否选择到满足第四筛选条件的可用的会话管理功能网元,移动性管理功能网元都能够明确相应的筛选结果。After the selection is completed, an available session management function network element that meets the fourth filter condition may be selected, or an available session management function network element that meets the fourth filter condition may not be selected. Then, if an available session management function network element that meets the fourth screening condition is selected, the information of the selected available session management function network element that meets the fourth screening condition can be directly sent to the mobility management function as the screening condition. Network element, and if an available session management function network element that meets the fourth screening condition is not selected, a failure indication may also be sent to the mobility management function network element, so whether or not an available one that meets the fourth screening condition can be selected Both the session management function network element and the mobility management function network element can clarify the corresponding screening results.
在一种可能的实现方式中,至少一个会话管理功能网元的状态信息是来自至少一个会话管理功能网元的。In a possible implementation manner, the state information of the at least one session management function network element is from at least one session management function network element.
也就是说,会话管理功能网元可以确定该会话管理功能网元的状态信息,并将该会话管理功能网元的状态信息发送给网络功能存储库功能网元,以便网络功能存储库功能网元根据会话管理功能网元的状态信息进行选择。其中,一个会话管理功能网元一般来说只能确定该会话管理功能网元的状态信息,所以,网络功能存储库功能网元可能会与至少一个会话管理功能网元交互,以获得至少一个会话管理功能网元的状态信息。That is, the session management function network element can determine the status information of the session management function network element and send the status information of the session management function network element to the network function repository function network element, so that the network function repository function network element Select based on the state information of the session management function NE. Among them, a session management function network element generally can only determine the status information of the session management function network element. Therefore, the network function repository function network element may interact with at least one session management function network element to obtain at least one session. Status information of management function NEs.
在一种可能的实现方式中,至少一个会话管理功能网元中的一个会话管理功能网元的状态信息包括至少一种筛选条件分别对应的参数信息,以及,包括用于指示一个会话管理功能网元在至少一种筛选条件中的每一种筛选条件下是否可用的指示信息,至少一种筛选条件包括第四筛选条件;或,至少一个会话管理功能网元中的一个会话管理功能网元的状态信息包括至少一种筛选条件的标识信息,以及,包括用于指示一个会话管理功能网元在至少一种筛选条件中的每一种筛选条件下是否可用的指示信息,至少一种筛选条件包括第四筛选条件。In a possible implementation manner, the state information of a session management function network element among the at least one session management function network element includes parameter information corresponding to at least one screening condition, and includes information used to indicate a session management function network element. Indication information about whether an element is available under each of the at least one screening condition, and the at least one screening condition includes a fourth screening condition; or, one of the at least one session management function network element of the session management function network element The status information includes identification information of at least one screening condition, and includes indication information for indicating whether a session management function network element is available under each of the at least one screening condition. The at least one screening condition includes Fourth screening condition.
筛选条件对应的参数信息就能表征相应的筛选条件,因此第一状态信息可以直接包括筛选条件对应的参数信息,从而能够更为直接地确定相应的筛选条件。或者,也可以为筛选条件设置标识信息,例如一种标识信息为编号,则,通过标识信息就能确定相应的筛选条件,较为简单,且筛选条件的标识信息的数据量一般会小于参数信息的数据量,从而有助于减小第一状态信息的数据量。而且,一个会话管理功能网元的状态信息可能会包括至少一种筛选条件对应的信息,从而一个会话管理功能网元可以体现出一种或多种特性。The parameter information corresponding to the screening condition can characterize the corresponding screening condition, so the first state information can directly include the parameter information corresponding to the screening condition, so that the corresponding screening condition can be determined more directly. Alternatively, it is also possible to set identification information for the filtering conditions. For example, if one type of identification information is a number, the corresponding filtering conditions can be determined through the identification information. It is relatively simple, and the amount of data of the identification information of the filtering conditions is generally smaller than that of the parameter information. The amount of data, thereby helping to reduce the amount of data of the first state information. Moreover, the state information of a session management function network element may include information corresponding to at least one filtering condition, so that a session management function network element may reflect one or more characteristics.
第三方面,提供一种选择会话管理功能网元的系统,该系统可以包括会话管理功能网元和网络功能存储库功能网元。其中,会话管理功能网元,用于确定是否有符合筛选条件的用户面功能网元,若有符合所述筛选条件的用户面功能网元,将该会话管理功能网元的第一状态信息发送给网络功能存储库功能网元,该会话管理功能网元的第一状态信息用于指示该管理功能网元在所述筛选条件下可用,第一状态信息用于选择会话管理功能网元;网络功能存储库功能网元,用于接收第一状态信息。According to a third aspect, a system for selecting a session management function network element is provided. The system may include a session management function network element and a network function repository function network element. The session management function network element is used to determine whether there is a user plane function network element that meets the screening conditions. If there is a user plane function network element that meets the screening conditions, the first state information of the session management function network element is sent. To the network function repository function network element, the first state information of the session management function network element is used to indicate that the management function network element is available under the screening condition, and the first state information is used to select the session management function network element; network A functional network element of the functional repository is configured to receive the first status information.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一状态信息包括:指示该会话管理功能网元在所述筛选条件下可用的信息;或,指示该会话管理功能网元具有满足所述筛选条件的用户面功能网元的信息。In a possible implementation manner, the first state information includes: information indicating that the session management function network element is available under the screening condition; or, indicating that the session management function network element has a user plane that meets the screening condition Information about the functional NEs.
第三方面或第三方面的该种可能的实现方式所带来的技术效果,可参见第一方面或第一方面的不同实现方式所带来的技术效果,此处不多赘述。For the technical effect brought by the third aspect or the possible implementation manner of the third aspect, refer to the technical effect brought by the first aspect or different implementation manners of the first aspect, which is not described in detail here.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该网络功能存储库功能网元,还用于:In a possible implementation manner, the network function repository function network element is further configured to:
接收来自移动性管理功能网元的请求消息,该请求消息用于请求获得满足第四筛选条件的会话管理功能网元的信息,其中,满足第四筛选条件的会话管理功能网元,是指该会话管理功能网元具有满足第四筛选条件的用户面功能网元;根据至少一个会话管理功能网元的状态信息,确定是否有满足第四筛选条件的可用的会话管理功能网元,其中,至少一个会话管理功能网元的状态信息用于指示至少一个会话管理功能网元在第四筛选条件下是否处于可用状态;向移动性管理功能网元发送筛选结果。Receive a request message from a mobility management function network element, the request message is used to request information about a session management function network element that meets the fourth screening condition, where a session management function network element that meets the fourth screening condition refers to the The session management function network element has a user plane function network element that meets the fourth screening condition; and determines whether there is an available session management function network element that meets the fourth screening condition based on the status information of at least one session management function network element. The state information of a session management function network element is used to indicate whether at least one session management function network element is in an available state under a fourth screening condition; and sending a screening result to the mobility management function network element.
其中,第三方面所提供的选择会话管理功能网元的系统还可以包括移动性管理功能网元,当然也可以不包括移动性管理功能网元,具体的不做限制。The system for selecting a network element for a session management function provided in the third aspect may further include a network element for a mobility management function, and of course, it may not include a network element for a mobility management function, which is not specifically limited.
第三方面的该种可能的实现方式所带来的技术效果,可参见第二方面所带来的技术效果,此处不多赘述。For the technical effect brought by the possible implementation manner of the third aspect, refer to the technical effect brought by the second aspect, which is not described in detail here.
第四方面,本申请提供一种装置,该装置可以是会话管理功能网元或网络功能存储库功能网元,也可以是芯片。该装置具有实现上述第一方面、或者第二方面、或者第三方面中任意一个方面的各实施例的功能。该功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。该硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块。In a fourth aspect, the present application provides a device, which may be a session management function network element or a network function repository function network element, or a chip. The device has a function of implementing the embodiments of any one of the first aspect, the second aspect, or the third aspect described above. This function can be realized by hardware, and can also be implemented by hardware executing corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above functions.
第五方面,提供了一种装置,包括:处理器和存储器;该存储器用于存储计算机执行指令,当该装置运行时,该处理器执行该存储器存储的该计算机执行指令,以使该装置执行如上述第一方面或第一方面中任一所述的选择会话管理功能网元的方法、或者以使该装置执行如上述第二方面或第二方面中任一所述的选择会话管理功能网元的方法、或者以使该装置执行如上述第三方面或第三方面中任一所述的选择会话管理功能网元的方法。According to a fifth aspect, an apparatus is provided, including: a processor and a memory; the memory is configured to store a computer execution instruction, and when the apparatus is running, the processor executes the computer execution instruction stored in the memory, so that the apparatus executes The method for selecting a session management function network element according to the above first aspect or any one of the first aspects, or to cause the apparatus to execute the session selection function network according to the second aspect or any of the second aspects above. Or a method for selecting the session management function network element according to the third aspect or any one of the third aspects.
第六方面,本申请还提供一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述各方面所述的方法。According to a sixth aspect, the present application further provides a computer-readable storage medium, where the computer-readable storage medium stores instructions that, when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute the methods described in the above aspects.
第七方面,本申请还提供一种包括指令的计算机程序产品,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述各方面所述的方法。In a seventh aspect, the present application further provides a computer program product including instructions, which when executed on a computer, causes the computer to execute the methods described in the above aspects.
在本申请实施例中,网络功能存储库功能网元在选择会话管理功能网元时,可以根据会话管理功能网元的状态来进行选择,提高了选择会话管理功能网元的效率,减小了创建会话的过程的时延,也提高了激活速率。In the embodiment of the present application, when selecting the network element of the session management function, the network element of the network function repository function may select the network element of the session management function, which improves the efficiency of selecting the network element of the session management function and reduces the efficiency. The delay in the process of creating a session also increases the activation rate.
本申请的这些方面或其他方面在以下实施例的描述中会更加简明易懂。These or other aspects of the present application will be more concise and easy to understand in the description of the following embodiments.
附图说明BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
图1为本申请实施例提供的一种选择会话管理功能网元的系统的示意图;1 is a schematic diagram of a system for selecting a network element for a session management function according to an embodiment of the present application;
图2为本申请实施例所应用的非漫游场景的网络架构示意图;FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a network architecture of a non-roaming scenario applied in an embodiment of the present application; FIG.
图3为本申请实施例所应用的本地分流漫游场景的网络架构示意图;3 is a schematic diagram of a network architecture of a local offload roaming scenario applied in an embodiment of the present application;
图4为本申请实施例所应用的归属地路由漫游场景的网络架构示意图;4 is a schematic diagram of a network architecture of a home routing roaming scenario applied to an embodiment of the present application;
图5为在创建PDU session的流程中由AMF选择SMF的过程;FIG. 5 is a process of selecting SMF by AMF in the process of creating a PDU session;
图6为在创建PDU session的流程中由SMF选择UPF的过程;Figure 6 shows the process by which the SMF selects the UPF in the process of creating a PDU session;
图7为本申请实施例提供的一种选择SMF的方法的流程图;7 is a flowchart of a method for selecting an SMF according to an embodiment of the present application;
图8为本申请实施例提供的另一种选择SMF的方法的流程图;8 is a flowchart of another method for selecting SMF according to an embodiment of the present application;
图9为本申请实施例提供的再一种选择SMF的方法的流程图;FIG. 9 is a flowchart of still another method for selecting SMF according to an embodiment of the present application; FIG.
图10为本申请实施例提供的一种装置的示意图;10 is a schematic diagram of a device according to an embodiment of the present application;
图11为本申请实施例提供的又一种装置的示意图。FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of another device according to an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式detailed description
为了使本申请实施例的目的、技术方案和优点更加清楚,下面将结合附图对本申请实施例作进一步地详细描述。In order to make the objectives, technical solutions, and advantages of the embodiments of the present application clearer, the embodiments of the present application will be described in further detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
以下,对本申请实施例中的部分用语进行解释说明,以便于本领域技术人员理解。In the following, some terms in the embodiments of the present application are explained so as to facilitate understanding by those skilled in the art.
1)网元,或称为网络设备,例如包括接入网网元,或称为接入网设备,例如基站(例如,接入点)和用户面功能网元等。1) A network element, or a network device, includes, for example, an access network network element, or an access network device, such as a base station (for example, an access point) and a user plane function network element.
其中,基站可以是指接入网中在空中接口上通过一个或多个小区与无线终端装置通信的设备。网元可用于将收到的空中帧与网际协议(IP)分组进行相互转换,作为终端装置与接入网的其余部分之间的路由器,其中接入网的其余部分可包括IP网络。网元还可协调对空中接口的属性管理。例如,网元可以包括长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统或演进的LTE系统(LTE-Advanced,LTE-A)中的演进型基站(NodeB或eNB或e-NodeB,evolutional Node B),或者也可以包括第五代移动通信技术(fifth generation,5G)新无线(new radio,NR)系统中的下一代节点B(next generation node B,gNB)或者也可以包括云接入网(cloud radio access network,CloudRAN)系统中的集中式单元(centralized unit,CU)和分布式单元(distributed unit,DU),本申请实施例并不限定。The base station may refer to a device in an access network that communicates with a wireless terminal device through one or more cells on an air interface. The network element can be used to convert the received air frames and Internet Protocol (IP) packets into each other, and serve as a router between the terminal device and the rest of the access network, where the rest of the access network can include an IP network. The network element can also coordinate the attribute management of the air interface. For example, the network element may include an evolved base station (NodeB or eNB or e-NodeB, evolutional NodeB) in a long term evolution (LTE) system or an evolved LTE system (LTE-Advanced, LTE-A), or It can also include the next generation node B (gNB) in the fifth generation (5G) new radio (NR) system, or it can also include the cloud access network (cloud radio access A centralized unit (CU) and a distributed unit (DU) in a network (CloudRAN) system are not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
用户面功能网元,在第四代移动通信技术(4G)系统中例如包括服务网关(serving gateway,SGW)和分组数据网络网关(packet data network gateway,PDN-GW),在5G系统中例如包括UPF,主要负责连接外部网络。可以认为,5G系统中的UPF相当于4G的LTE系统中的SGW和PDN-GW的合体。User plane functional network elements include, for example, a serving gateway (SGW) and a packet data network gateway (PDN-GW) in a fourth-generation mobile communication technology (4G) system. In a 5G system, for example, UPF is mainly responsible for connecting to external networks. It can be considered that the UPF in the 5G system is equivalent to the combination of the SGW and the PDN-GW in the 4G LTE system.
在本申请实施例中,网元还包括核心网网元,或称为核心网设备,在第四代移动通信技术(4G)系统中,核心网设备例如包括移动管理实体(mobility management entity,MME)等,在5G系统中,核心网设备例如包括策略控制功能(policy control function,PCF)、NRF、AMF或SMF等。可以认为,从4G演进到5G后,MME的功能分离到AMF和SMF中,其中,AMF用于管理用户的移动上下文,SMF用于管理会话上下文。In the embodiment of the present application, the network element further includes a core network element, or a core network device. In a fourth generation mobile communication technology (4G) system, the core network device includes, for example, a mobility management entity (MME). ), Etc. In a 5G system, the core network equipment includes, for example, a policy control function (PCF), NRF, AMF, or SMF. It can be considered that after the evolution from 4G to 5G, the functions of the MME are separated into AMF and SMF, where AMF is used to manage the mobile context of the user, and SMF is used to manage the session context.
2)本申请实施例中的术语“系统”和“网络”可被互换使用。“多个”是指两个或两个以上,鉴于此,本申请实施例中也可以将“多个”理解为“至少两个”。“至少一个”,可理解 为一个或多个,例如理解为一个、两个或更多个。例如,包括至少一个,是指包括一个、两个或更多个,而且不限制包括的是哪几个,例如,包括A、B和C中的至少一个,那么包括的可以是A,B,C,A和B,A和C,B和C,或A和B和C。同理,对于“至少一种”等描述的理解,也是类似的。“和/或”,描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,或单独存在B这三种情况。另外,字符“/”,如无特殊说明,一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。2) The terms "system" and "network" in the embodiments of the present application can be used interchangeably. "Multiple" means two or more. In view of this, in the embodiments of the present application, "multiple" can also be understood as "at least two". "At least one" can be understood as one or more, such as one, two or more. For example, including at least one means including one, two, or more, and without limiting which ones are included, for example, including at least one of A, B, and C, then including A, B, C, A and B, A and C, B and C, or A and B and C. In the same way, the understanding of the description of "at least one" is similar. "And / or" describes the association relationship of the associated objects, and indicates that there can be three kinds of relationships, for example, A and / or B can mean: there are three cases where A exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, or B exists alone. In addition, the character "/", unless otherwise specified, generally indicates that the related objects are an "or" relationship.
另外,为了便于清楚描述本申请实施例的技术方案,在本申请的实施例中,采用了“第一”、“第二”等字样对功能和作用基本相同的相同项或相似项进行区分。本领域技术人员可以理解“第一”、“第二”等字样并不对顺序、时序、优先级或者重要程度等进行限定,并且“第一”、“第二”等字样也并不限定一定不同。例如本申请实施例中所述的“第一筛选条件”和“第二筛选条件”,可能是相同的筛选条件,也可能是不同的筛选条件,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。In addition, in order to facilitate a clear description of the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application, in the embodiments of the present application, words such as “first” and “second” are used to distinguish between the same or similar items having substantially the same functions and functions. Those skilled in the art can understand that the words "first" and "second" do not limit the order, timing, priority, or importance, and the words "first" and "second" are not necessarily different. . For example, the "first screening condition" and the "second screening condition" described in the embodiments of the present application may be the same screening condition or different screening conditions, which are not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例所涉及的会话管理功能网元、网络功能存储库功能网元、移动性管理功能网元及用户面功能网元等,以及进一步的SMF、NRF、AMF和UPF等,仅是一个名字,名字对设备本身不构成限定。在5G系统以及未来其它的通信系统中,会话管理功能网元、网络功能存储库功能网元、移动性管理功能网元及用户面功能网元等,以及进一步的SMF、NRF、AMF和UPF等,也可以是其他的名字,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。例如,UPF还有可能被替换为UP等,在此进行统一说明,以下不再赘述。It should be noted that the session management function network element, network function repository function network element, mobility management function network element, and user plane function network element, etc., as well as further SMF, NRF, AMF, and UPF involved in the embodiments of the present application. Etc. is just a name, and the name does not constitute a limitation on the device itself. In 5G systems and other communication systems in the future, session management function network elements, network function repository function network elements, mobility management function network elements, and user plane function network elements, as well as further SMF, NRF, AMF, and UPF, etc. , May also be other names, which are not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application. For example, UPF may also be replaced with UP, etc., which are described here in a unified manner, and will not be described in detail below.
首先,本申请实施例提供一种选择会话管理功能网元的系统100,如图1所示,该系统100可以包括会话管理功能网元101和网络功能存储库功能网元102。图1中,会话管理功能网元101和网络功能存储库功能网元102之间的连线表明这两个网元能够通信,这两个网元可以通过有线方式连接,也可以通过无线方式连接。First, an embodiment of the present application provides a system 100 for selecting a session management function network element. As shown in FIG. 1, the system 100 may include a session management function network element 101 and a network function repository function network element 102. In Figure 1, the connection between the session management function network element 101 and the network function repository function network element 102 indicates that the two network elements can communicate. The two network elements can be connected by wire or wirelessly. .
会话管理功能网元101,可以用于确定是否有符合筛选条件的用户面功能网元,若有符合所述筛选条件的用户面功能网元,将会话管理功能网元101的第一状态信息发送给网络功能存储库功能网元102,会话管理功能网元101的第一状态信息用于指示会话管理功能网元101在所述筛选条件下可用,所述第一状态信息用于选择会话管理功能网元101;The session management function network element 101 may be used to determine whether there is a user plane function network element that meets the screening conditions. If there is a user plane function network element that meets the screening conditions, the first state information of the session management function network element 101 is sent. The first state information to the network function repository function network element 102 and the session management function network element 101 is used to indicate that the session management function network element 101 is available under the screening condition, and the first state information is used to select the session management function. Network element 101;
网络功能存储库功能网元102,用于接收所述第一状态信息。The network function repository function network element 102 is configured to receive the first status information.
会话管理功能网元101要选择用户面功能网元,需要选择满足一定的参数要求的用户面功能网元,在本申请实施例中,将需要满足的参数要求称为筛选条件,其中,会话管理功能网元101在选择用户面功能网元时,可能根据一种筛选条件进行选择,也可能根据多种筛选条件进行选择,也就是说,筛选条件的数量可以是一个也可以是多个,具体的不做限制。其中,会话管理功能网元101可以获得用户面功能网元的信息,判断是否有符合筛选条件的用户面功能网元的信息,如果有用户面功能网元的信息符合筛选条件,也就表明该用户面功能网元的信息所属的用户面功能网元符合筛选条件。如果有符合筛选条件的用户面功能网元,则会话管理功能网元101可以向网络功能存储库功能网元102发送会话管理功能网元101的第一状态信息,当然,如果有符合筛选条件的用户面功能网元,则会话管理功能网元101也可以先确定会话管理功能网元101在筛选条件下可用,再向网络功能存储库功能网元102发送会话管理功能网元101的第一状态信息。另外,如果有符合筛选条件的用户面功能网元,会话管理功能网元101还可以将会话管理功能网元101的状态设置为在筛选条件下是可用状态。To select a user plane function network element for the session management function network element 101, it is necessary to select a user plane function network element that meets certain parameter requirements. In the embodiment of the present application, the parameter requirements that need to be satisfied are referred to as a filtering condition. Among them, the session management When the functional network element 101 selects a user-plane functional network element, it may be selected according to one kind of filtering condition or may be selected based on multiple filtering conditions. That is, the number of filtering conditions may be one or multiple. No restrictions. Among them, the session management function network element 101 can obtain the information of the user plane function network element, and determine whether there is information of the user plane function network element that meets the screening conditions. If the information of the user plane function network element meets the screening condition, it indicates that the The user plane function network element to which the information of the user plane function network element belongs meets the filtering condition. If there are user plane function network elements that meet the screening conditions, the session management function network element 101 may send the first state information of the session management function network element 101 to the network function repository function network element 102. Of course, if there are User plane function network element, the session management function network element 101 may also first determine that the session management function network element 101 is available under the filtering conditions, and then send the first state of the session management function network element 101 to the network function repository function network element 102 information. In addition, if there is a user plane function network element that meets the filtering conditions, the session management function network element 101 can also set the state of the session management function network element 101 to be available under the filtering conditions.
本文中,将用于指示会话管理功能网元101可用的状态信息称为会话管理功能网元101的第一状态信息。也就是说,虽然会话管理功能网元101确定是否有符合筛选条件的用户面功能网元后,可能有符合筛选条件的用户面功能网元,也可能没有符合筛选条件的用户面功能网元,也就是,会话管理功能网元101在所述筛选条件下的状态可能是可用状态,也可能是不可用状态,但本申请实施例中,会话管理功能网元101可以只将会话管理功能网元101的第一状态信息发送给网络功能存储库功能网元102。网络功能存储库功能网元102接收第一状态信息后,就可以获知哪些会话管理功能网元101在所述筛选条件下是可用的。Herein, the status information used to indicate that the session management function network element 101 is available is referred to as the first status information of the session management function network element 101. That is, although the session management function network element 101 determines whether there are user plane function network elements that meet the filtering conditions, there may be user plane function network elements that meet the screening conditions, or there may be no user plane function network elements that meet the screening conditions. That is, the state of the session management function network element 101 under the screening conditions may be available or unavailable. However, in the embodiment of the present application, the session management function network element 101 may only use the session management function network element. The first state information of 101 is sent to the network function repository function network element 102. After the network function repository function network element 102 receives the first state information, it can know which session management function network element 101 is available under the screening conditions.
在本申请实施例中,第一状态信息可以有不同的实现方式,不同的实现方式能够实现不同的指示方式。In the embodiment of the present application, the first state information may have different implementation manners, and different implementation manners may implement different indication manners.
例如,第一状态信息包括用于指示会话管理功能网元101在所述筛选条件下可用的信息,第一状态信息的这种指示方式可以认为是隐式指示方式。也就是,虽然第一状态信息直接指示的是会话管理功能网元101在所述筛选条件下可用,但隐含指示的是会话管理功能网元101具有满足所述筛选条件的用户面功能网元,也就是,通过指示会话管理功能网元101的状态来指示会话管理功能网元101是否有可用的用户面功能网元。For example, the first state information includes information for indicating that the session management function network element 101 is available under the screening condition, and such an indication manner of the first state information may be considered as an implicit indication manner. That is, although the first state information directly indicates that the session management function network element 101 is available under the screening condition, it implicitly indicates that the session management function network element 101 has a user plane function network element that satisfies the screening condition. That is, whether the session management function network element 101 has a user plane function network element available is indicated by indicating the status of the session management function network element 101.
再例如,第一状态信息包括用于指示会话管理功能网元101具有满足所述筛选条件的用户面功能网元的信息,第一状态信息的这种指示方式可以认为是显式指示方式。也就是,第一状态信息直接指示了会话管理功能网元101是否有满足所述筛选条件的用户面功能网元,这种方式较为简单直接。For another example, the first state information includes information used to indicate that the session management function network element 101 has a user plane function network element that meets the screening condition, and such an indication manner of the first state information may be considered as an explicit indication manner. That is, the first state information directly indicates whether the session management function network element 101 has a user plane function network element that satisfies the screening condition, which is relatively simple and straightforward.
至于第一状态信息究竟采用何种指示方式,可通过协议预定义,或者也可以由各个网元之间协商确定等,具体的不做限制。As for the indication method of the first state information, it may be predefined by the protocol, or may be determined through negotiation between the network elements, and the like is not specifically limited.
在移动性管理功能网元需要获得满足相应的筛选条件的会话管理功能网元101的信息时,移动性管理功能网元可以向网络功能存储库功能网元102发送请求消息,则网络功能存储库功能网元102接收来自移动性管理功能网元的请求消息,例如该请求消息用于请求获得满足第四筛选条件的会话管理功能网元101的信息,其中,满足第四筛选条件的会话管理功能网元101,是指会话管理功能网元101具有满足第四筛选条件的用户面功能网元,也就是指会话管理功能网元101在第四筛选条件下是可用状态。When the mobility management function network element needs to obtain the information of the session management function network element 101 that satisfies the corresponding screening conditions, the mobility management function network element can send a request message to the network function repository function network element 102, and the network function repository The function network element 102 receives a request message from the mobility management function network element, for example, the request message is used to request information of the session management function network element 101 that meets the fourth screening condition, where the session management function that meets the fourth screening condition The network element 101 refers to a session management function network element 101 having a user plane function network element that meets a fourth screening condition, that is, a session management function network element 101 is available under the fourth screening condition.
根据前文的介绍可知,会话管理功能网元101会将会话管理功能网元101的第一状态信息发送给网络功能存储库功能网元102,因此,网络功能存储库功能网元102可以根据至少一个会话管理功能网元101的状态信息,确定是否有满足第四筛选条件的可用的会话管理功能网元101,其中,至少一个会话管理功能网元101的状态信息用于指示至少一个会话管理功能网元101在第四筛选条件下是否处于可用状态。这里的会话管理功能网元101的状态信息,可以包括会话管理功能网元101的第一状态信息。According to the foregoing introduction, the session management function network element 101 sends the first state information of the session management function network element 101 to the network function repository function network element 102. Therefore, the network function repository function network element 102 may The state information of the session management function network element 101 determines whether there is an available session management function network element 101 that meets a fourth screening condition, wherein the state information of at least one session management function network element 101 is used to indicate at least one session management function network Whether element 101 is available under the fourth screening condition. The state information of the session management function network element 101 here may include first state information of the session management function network element 101.
网络功能存储库功能网元102在筛选完毕后,可以向移动性管理功能网元发送筛选结果,其中,筛选结果可以指示是否有满足第四筛选条件的可用的会话管理功能网元101。The network function repository function network element 102 may send a screening result to the mobility management function network element after the screening is completed, where the screening result may indicate whether there is an available session management function network element 101 that meets the fourth screening condition.
作为一种可选的方式,本申请实施例所提供的选择会话管理功能网元的系统100还可以包括移动性管理功能网元,在图中未画出。如果该系统100还包括移动性管理功能网元,则移动性管理功能网元能够与会话管理功能网元101和网络功能存储库功能网元102均实现通信。As an optional manner, the system 100 for selecting a session management function network element provided in the embodiment of the present application may further include a mobility management function network element, which is not shown in the figure. If the system 100 further includes a mobility management function network element, the mobility management function network element can communicate with both the session management function network element 101 and the network function repository function network element 102.
可以看到,在本申请实施例中,会根据用户面功能网元的情况来确定会话管理功能网元101的状态,如果有符合筛选条件的用户面功能网元,则会话管理功能网元101的状态在所 述筛选条件下就是可用状态,且会话管理功能网元101可以将指示会话管理功能网元101在所述筛选条件下可用的第一状态信息发送给网络功能存储库功能网元102,那么网络功能存储库功能网元102后续在该筛选条件下选择会话管理功能网元101时,就可以根据会话管理功能网元101的状态来进行选择,例如,可以只选择具有第一状态信息的会话管理功能网元101,也就是只选择在该筛选条件下可用的会话管理功能网元101,这样就尽量保证了,所选择的会话管理功能网元101具有可用的用户面功能网元,提高了对会话管理功能网元101的有效选择率。It can be seen that in the embodiment of the present application, the state of the session management function network element 101 is determined according to the situation of the user plane function network element. If there is a user plane function network element that meets the filtering conditions, the session management function network element 101 The status of is the available status under the screening condition, and the session management function network element 101 may send the first status information indicating that the session management function network element 101 is available under the screening condition to the network function repository function network element 102 Then, when the network function repository function network element 102 subsequently selects the session management function network element 101 under the filtering condition, it may select according to the state of the session management function network element 101. For example, it may only select the first state information Session management function network element 101, that is, only the session management function network element 101 that is available under the filter condition is selected, so as to ensure that the selected session management function network element 101 has available user plane function network elements, The effective selection rate of the session management function network element 101 is improved.
另外,如果按照现有技术中的方式,移动性管理功能网元如果选择了一个不可用的会话管理功能网元101,则移动性管理功能网元需要重新发起选择会话管理功能网元101的流程,重新选择会话管理功能网元101,而采用本申请实施例提供的方案,减小了因为所选择的会话管理功能网元101没有可用的用户面功能网元而导致的需要重选会话管理功能网元101的几率,提高了选择会话管理功能网元101的效率,减小了创建会话过程的时延,也提高了激活速率。这里的会话,例如为PDU session,或者可能是其他的会话,只要涉及到移动性管理功能网元需要选择会话管理功能网元101的会话,都在本申请实施例的保护范围之内,在下文中主要以PDU session为例。In addition, if the mobility management function network element selects an unavailable session management function network element 101 in the manner in the prior art, the mobility management function network element needs to re-initiate the process of selecting the session management function network element 101 , The session management function network element 101 is reselected, and the solution provided in the embodiment of the present application is adopted, which reduces the need to reselect the session management function caused by the fact that the selected session management function network element 101 has no available user plane function network element. The probability of the network element 101 improves the efficiency of selecting the network element 101 for the session management function, reduces the delay in the process of creating a session, and increases the activation rate. The session here is, for example, a PDU session, or may be another session. As long as the session involving the mobility management function network element needs to select the session management function network element 101, it is within the protection scope of the embodiment of the present application, hereinafter Take PDU session as an example.
图1所示的实施例介绍了本申请实施例提供的一种选择会话管理功能网元的系统100,下面以将该系统100应用在5G系统为例,介绍该系统100在5G系统中可能应用的网络架构,或者说是该系统100在5G系统中的应用场景。本申请实施例提供的系统100在5G系统中可以应用的场景,包括但不限于非漫游场景、本地分流漫游场景和归属地路由漫游场景,下面分别介绍这几种场景。The embodiment shown in FIG. 1 introduces a system 100 for selecting a session management function network element provided by an embodiment of the present application. The following uses the system 100 as a 5G system as an example to introduce a possible application of the system 100 in a 5G system. Network architecture, or the application scenario of the system 100 in a 5G system. Scenarios in which the system 100 provided in the embodiment of the present application can be applied in a 5G system include, but are not limited to, a non-roaming scenario, a local offload roaming scenario, and a home routing roaming scenario. These scenarios are described below respectively.
请参考图2,为非漫游场景的网络架构示意图。在该网络架构中,网络切片选择功能(network slice selection function,NSSF)、网络开放功能(network exposure function,NEF)、NRF、策略控制功能(policy control function,PCF)、统一数据管理(unified data management,UDM)、应用功能(application function,AF)、鉴权服务功能(authentication server function,AUSF)、AMF和SMF,这些网元两两之间,都可以基于服务的方法进行通信,当然,其中的两个网元要进行通信,需要一个网元向另一个网元开放了相应的服务方法。图2中,Nnssf可视为NSSF的服务接口,同理,Nnef为NEF的服务接口,Npcf为PCF的服务接口,Nudm为UDM的服务接口,Naf为AF的服务接口,Nausf为AUSF的服务接口,Namf为AMF的服务接口,Nsmf为SMF的服务接口。另外,AMF与终端设备可通过N1接口通信,AMF与(R)AN可通过N2接口通信,SMF与UPF可通过N4接口通信,终端设备与(R)AN之间进行空口通信,(R)AN和UPF可通过N3接口通信,UPF与数据网络(data network,DN)可通过N6接口通信。Please refer to FIG. 2 for a schematic diagram of a network architecture in a non-roaming scenario. In this network architecture, the network slice selection function (NSSF), network opening function (NEF), NRF, policy control function (PCF), and unified data management , UDM), application functions (AF), authentication service functions (AUSF), AMF and SMF, these two network elements can communicate with each other based on the service method, of course, among them For two network elements to communicate, one network element needs to have a corresponding service method open to the other network element. In Figure 2, Nnssf can be regarded as the service interface of NSSF. Similarly, Nnef is the service interface of NEF, Npcf is the service interface of PCF, Nudm is the service interface of UDM, Naf is the service interface of AF, and Nausf is the service interface of AUSF. , Namf is the service interface of AMF, and Nsmf is the service interface of SMF. In addition, AMF and terminal equipment can communicate through the N1 interface, AMF and (R) AN can communicate through the N2 interface, SMF and UPF can communicate through the N4 interface, and terminal equipment communicates with the (R) AN through the air interface, (R) AN Can communicate with UPF through N3 interface, and UPF can communicate with data network (DN) through N6 interface.
例如,本申请实施例所提供的会话管理功能网元101,可以通过图2所示的网络架构中的SMF实现,本申请实施例所提供的网络功能存储库功能网元102,可以通过图2所示的网络架构中的NRF实现,本申请实施例所提供的移动性管理功能网元,可以通过图2所示的网络架构中的AMF实现,本申请实施例所涉及的用户面功能网元,可以通过图2所示的网络架构中的UPF实现。为了更易于理解,下面对本申请实施例主要会涉及到的一些功能网元进行简单的介绍。For example, the session management function network element 101 provided in the embodiment of the present application may be implemented by SMF in the network architecture shown in FIG. 2, and the network function repository function network element 102 provided in the embodiment of the present application may be performed by FIG. 2 The implementation of NRF in the network architecture shown, and the mobility management function network element provided in the embodiment of the present application can be implemented by the AMF in the network architecture shown in FIG. 2. The user plane function network element involved in the embodiment of the present application , Can be realized by the UPF in the network architecture shown in FIG. 2. To make it easier to understand, some functional network elements mainly involved in the embodiments of the present application are briefly introduced below.
移动性管理功能网元,在4G系统中例如为MME,在5G系统中例如为AMF,本申请实施例不限于此,在其他通信系统中也可以通过其他网元实现。以移动性管理功能网元是AMF 为例,AMF主要负责与无线对接,终结无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)控制面(control plane,CP)接口,也就是N2接口,终结非接入层(non-access-stratum,NAS)及NAS加密和完整性保护,注册管理,连接管理,可达性管理,移动性管理,传递用户设备(user equipment,UE)和SMF间的会话管理(session management,SM)消息,或UE的移动性事件通知等功能。The mobility management function network element is, for example, an MME in a 4G system and an AMF in a 5G system. The embodiments of the present application are not limited thereto, and may also be implemented by other network elements in other communication systems. Taking the mobility management function network element as AMF as an example, the AMF is mainly responsible for interfacing with the wireless and terminating the radio access network (RAN) control plane (CP) interface, that is, the N2 interface, terminating the non-access Layer (non-access-stratum (NAS)) and NAS encryption and integrity protection, registration management, connection management, reachability management, mobility management, transfer session management (session) between user equipment (UE) and SMF management (SM) message, or UE's mobility event notification.
会话管理功能网元,例如会话管理功能网元101,在5G系统中,例如为SMF,在其他通信系统中也可以通过其他网元实现。以会话管理功能网元是SMF为例,SMF可以提供会话建立、修改和释放等会话管理功能,包含UPF和接入网(access network,AN)节点间的隧道维护功能、UE的互联网协议(internet protocol,IP)地址分配和管理、动态主机控制协议(dynamic host control protocol,DHCP)、选择和控制用户面(user plane,UP)功能、配置UPF导流功能、终结策略控制功能接口、计费、漫游功能、或策略控制相关等功能。The session management function network element, such as the session management function network element 101, is a SMF in a 5G system, and may also be implemented by other network elements in other communication systems. Taking the session management function network element as an example, the SMF can provide session management functions such as session establishment, modification, and release, including the maintenance function of the tunnel between the UPF and access network (AN) nodes, and the UE's Internet protocol (internet). protocol (IP) address allocation and management, dynamic host control protocol (DHCP), selection and control of user plane (UP) functions, configuration of UPF diversion function, termination policy control function interface, accounting, Roaming, or policy control related functions.
用户面功能网元,在5G系统中,例如为UPF,在其他通信系统中也可以通过其他网元实现。以用户面功能网元是UPF为例,UPF是用户面数据转发的实体,作为数据网络互联的外部PDU session点,具有报文路由和转发、报文检测、用户面部分策略执行、合法监听、流量使用报告、或服务质量(quality of service,QoS)处理等功能。User plane function network elements, such as UPF in 5G systems, can also be implemented by other network elements in other communication systems. Take the user plane function network element as UPF as an example. UPF is the user plane data forwarding entity. As an external PDU session point for data network interconnection, it has message routing and forwarding, message detection, user plane policy enforcement, legal monitoring, Functions such as traffic usage reports or quality of service (QoS) processing.
网络功能存储库功能网元,例如网络功能存储库功能网元102,在5G系统中,例如为NRF,在其他通信系统中也可以通过其他网元实现。以网络功能存储库功能网元是NRF为例,NRF可以支持服务发现功能、维护可用网络功能(network function,NF)实例的NF配置等功能。在漫游场景下,又分为访问地NRF(visit NRF,vNRF)和归属地NRF(home NRF,hNRF)。基于网络实现,又分为公共陆地移动网络(public land mobile network,PLMN)级别的NRF、共享切片NRF、或特定切片NRF。其中,PLMN级别的NRF,可以理解为,不同的PLMN可使用不同的NRF;共享切片NRF,可以理解为,不同的网络切片可以共用一个NRF;特定切片NRF,可以理解为,不同的网络切片分别使用不同的NRF。The network function repository function network element, for example, the network function repository function network element 102, in a 5G system, such as NRF, may also be implemented by other network elements in other communication systems. Taking the network function repository function network element as the NRF as an example, the NRF can support the service discovery function and maintain the NF configuration of available network function (NF) instances. In the roaming scenario, it is divided into a visiting NRF (visit NRF, vNRF) and a home NRF (home NRF, hNRF). Based on network implementation, it is divided into public land mobile network (PLMN) level NRF, shared slice NRF, or specific slice NRF. Among them, PLMN-level NRF can be understood as different PLMNs can use different NRFs; shared slice NRF can be understood as different network slices can share one NRF; specific slice NRF can be understood as different network slices respectively Use different NRF.
另外,在介绍图2所示的网络架构时提到了服务方法的概念,具体的,在5G系统中,目前认为控制面的网元之间,可以通过基于服务的方法进行交互,用户面的网元之间,可以基于点对点的方法进行交互。例如在5G系统中,NRF作为控制面的网元,可以开放一些服务方法,其他设备可以通过这些服务方法来与NRF进行交互。可参考表1,为NRF开放的一些服务方法的示意:In addition, the concept of service method was mentioned in the introduction of the network architecture shown in Figure 2. Specifically, in the 5G system, it is currently considered that the network elements on the control plane can interact through a service-based method. Elements can interact with each other based on a point-to-point method. For example, in a 5G system, as a network element of the control plane, some service methods can be opened, and other devices can interact with the NRF through these service methods. Refer to Table 1 for some service methods open for NRF:
表1Table 1
Figure PCTCN2019092894-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2019092894-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2019092894-appb-000002
Figure PCTCN2019092894-appb-000002
其中,表1中的SMSF为短消息业务功能(SMS function,SMSF),其中,SMS为短消息业务(short message service),BSF为绑定支持功能(binding support function,BSF)。Among them, the SMSF in Table 1 is a short message service function (SMSF), wherein the SMS is a short message service (short message service), and the BSF is a binding support function (BSF).
根据表1可知,NRF向AMF和SMF开放了表1中的全部的服务方法,向UPF开放了NF管理服务中的NF register方法、NF update方法和NF deregister方法,那么,UPF可以向NRF发送注册、更新或注销等与UPF相关联的服务请求。According to Table 1, NRF has opened all the service methods in Table 1 to AMF and SMF, and opened NF register method, NF update method and NF deregister method in NF management service to UPF. Then, UPF can send registration to NRF , Update, or cancel service requests associated with UPF.
例如在图2所示的网络架构中,根据表1可知,NRF向AMF、SMF、PCF、NEF、NSSF、SMSF和AUSF开放了NF status notify的服务方法,则AMF、SMF、PCF、NEF、NSSF、SMSF和AUSF都可以通过NF status notify的服务方法与NRF通信,但由于NRF未向UDM开放NF status notify的服务方法,则UDM就无法通过NF status notify的服务方法与NRF通信。For example, in the network architecture shown in Figure 2, according to Table 1, it can be seen that NRF opened the NF status notification service method to AMF, SMF, PCF, NEF, NSSF, SMSF, and AUSF. Then AMF, SMF, PCF, NEF, NSSF , SMSF, and AUSF can communicate with NRF through the NF status notification service method, but because NRF does not open the NF status notification service method to UDM, UDM cannot communicate with NRF through the NF status notification service method.
请参见图3,为本地分流漫游场景的网络架构示意图。在该网络架构中,终端设备会进行漫游,因此包括了VPLMN和HPLMN两个区域。在VPLMN中,NSSF、NEF、NRF、PCF、AF、AMF、SMF和访问地安全边缘保护代理(visit security edge protection proxy,vSEPP),这些网元两两之间,都可以基于服务的方法进行通信,当然,其中的两个网元要进行通信,需要一个网元向另一个网元开放了相应的服务方法,不多示例。另外,AMF与终端设备可通过N1接口通信,AMF与(R)AN可通过N2接口通信,SMF与UPF可通过N4接口通信,终端设备与(R)AN之间能够进行通信,(R)AN和UPF可通过N3接口通信,UPF与DN可通过N6接口通信。在HPLMN中,UDM、NRF、PCF、AUSF、NEF和归属地安全边缘保护代理(home security edge protection proxy,hSEPP),这些网元两两之间,都可以基于服务的方法进行通信,当然,其中的两个网元要进行通信,需要一个网元向另一个网元开放了相应的服务方法,不多示例。vSEPP和hSEPP可通过N32接口通信。Please refer to FIG. 3, which is a schematic diagram of a network architecture for a local offload roaming scenario. In this network architecture, terminal equipment roams, so it includes two areas: VPLMN and HPLMN. In VPLMN, NSSF, NEF, NRF, PCF, AF, AMF, SMF and visited security edge protection proxy (vSEPP), these two network elements can communicate with each other based on the service method Of course, for two of the network elements to communicate, one network element needs to open the corresponding service method to the other network element, not many examples. In addition, AMF and terminal equipment can communicate through N1 interface, AMF and (R) AN can communicate through N2 interface, SMF and UPF can communicate through N4 interface, and terminal equipment can communicate with (R) AN, (R) AN Can communicate with UPF through N3 interface, UPF and DN can communicate through N6 interface. In HPLMN, UDM, NRF, PCF, AUSF, NEF and home security edge protection proxy (hSEPP), these two network elements can communicate with each other based on services, of course, among them For two network elements to communicate, one network element needs to open the corresponding service method to the other network element, not many examples. vSEPP and hSEPP can communicate through the N32 interface.
例如,本申请实施例所提供的会话管理功能网元101,可以通过图3所示的网络架构中位于VPLMN中的SMF实现,本申请实施例所提供的网络功能存储库功能网元102,可以通过图3所示的网络架构中位于VPLMN中的NRF实现,本申请实施例所提供的移动性管理功能网元,可以通过图3所示的网络架构中位于VPLMN中的AMF实现,本申请实施例所涉及的用户面功能网元,可以通过图3所示的网络架构中位于VPLMN中的UPF实现。当然本申请实施例并不限制,本申请实施例所提供的技术方案除了可以应用在VPLMN之外,也可以应用在HPLMN,也就是说,本申请实施例所提供的各个网元,也可以是位于HPLMN中的相应网元。For example, the session management function network element 101 provided in the embodiment of the present application may be implemented by the SMF located in the VPLMN in the network architecture shown in FIG. 3. The network function repository function network element 102 provided in the embodiment of the present application may be Through the implementation of the NRF located in the VPLMN in the network architecture shown in FIG. 3, the mobility management function network element provided in the embodiment of the present application can be implemented by the AMF located in the VPLMN in the network architecture shown in FIG. The user plane function network element involved in the example can be implemented by the UPF located in the VPLMN in the network architecture shown in FIG. 3. Of course, the embodiments of the present application are not limited. In addition to the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application, in addition to the VPLMN, they can also be applied to the HPLMN, that is, each network element provided in the embodiment of the present application can also be Corresponding network element located in HPLMN.
请参加图4,为归属地路由漫游场景的网络架构示意图。在该网络架构中,终端设备同样会进行漫游,因此也包括了VPLMN和HPLMN两个区域。在VPLMN中,NSSF、NEF、 NRF、PCF、AMF、SMF和vSEPP,这些网元两两之间,都可以基于服务的方法进行通信,当然,其中的两个网元要进行通信,需要一个网元向另一个网元开放了相应的服务方法,不多示例。另外,AMF与终端设备可通过N1接口通信,AMF与(R)AN可通过N2接口通信,SMF与UPF可通过N4接口通信,终端设备与(R)AN之间能够进行通信,(R)AN和UPF可通过N3接口通信,UPF与DN可通过N6接口通信。在HPLMN中,UDM、NRF、NSSF、SMF、AF、PCF、AUSF、NEF和hSEPP,这些网元两两之间,都可以基于服务的方法进行通信,当然,其中的两个网元要进行通信,需要一个网元向另一个网元开放了相应的服务方法,不多示例。另外,SMF可通过N4接口与UPF通信,UPF与DN可通过N6接口通信,VPLMN中的UPF和HPLMN中的UPF可通过N9接口通信,vSEPP和hSEPP可通过N32接口通信。Please refer to FIG. 4 for a schematic diagram of the network architecture of the home routing roaming scenario. In this network architecture, terminal equipment also roams, so it also includes two areas, VPLMN and HPLMN. In VPLMN, NSSF, NEF, NRF, PCF, AMF, SMF, and vSEPP, these two network elements can communicate with each other based on the service method. Of course, two network elements need a network to communicate. The element has opened the corresponding service method to another network element, not many examples. In addition, AMF and terminal equipment can communicate through N1 interface, AMF and (R) AN can communicate through N2 interface, SMF and UPF can communicate through N4 interface, and terminal equipment can communicate with (R) AN, (R) AN Can communicate with UPF through N3 interface, UPF and DN can communicate through N6 interface. In HPLMN, UDM, NRF, NSSF, SMF, AF, PCF, AUSF, NEF and hSEPP, these two network elements can communicate with each other based on the service method. Of course, two of these network elements need to communicate. , Need one network element to open the corresponding service method to another network element, not many examples. In addition, SMF can communicate with UPF through N4 interface, UPF and DN can communicate through N6 interface, UPF in VPLMN and UPF in HPLMN can communicate through N9 interface, and vSEPP and hSEPP can communicate through N32 interface.
例如,本申请实施例所提供的会话管理功能网元101,可以通过图4所示的网络架构中位于VPLMN中的SMF实现,本申请实施例所提供的网络功能存储库功能网元102,可以通过图4所示的网络架构中位于VPLMN中的NRF实现,本申请实施例所提供的移动性管理功能网元,可以通过图4所示的网络架构中位于VPLMN中的AMF实现,本申请实施例所涉及的用户面功能网元,可以通过图4所示的网络架构中位于VPLMN中的UPF实现。当然本申请实施例并不限制,本申请实施例所提供的技术方案除了可以应用在VPLMN之外,也可以应用在HPLMN,也就是说,本申请实施例所提供的各个网元,也可以是位于HPLMN中的相应网元。For example, the session management function network element 101 provided in the embodiment of the present application may be implemented by the SMF located in the VPLMN in the network architecture shown in FIG. 4, and the network function repository function network element 102 provided in the embodiment of the present application may be Through the implementation of the NRF located in the VPLMN in the network architecture shown in FIG. 4, the mobility management function network element provided in the embodiment of the present application can be implemented by the AMF located in the VPLMN in the network architecture shown in FIG. 4, and this application is implemented. The user plane function network element involved in the example can be implemented by the UPF located in the VPLMN in the network architecture shown in FIG. 4. Of course, the embodiments of the present application are not limited. In addition to the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application, in addition to the VPLMN, they can also be applied to the HPLMN, that is, each network element provided in the embodiment of the present application can also be Corresponding network element located in HPLMN.
关于图3所示的网络架构和图4所示的网络架构中相关的网元,在图2所示的网络架构介绍完之后已有相应的介绍,因此不多赘述。The network architecture shown in FIG. 3 and the related network elements in the network architecture shown in FIG. 4 have already been introduced after the network architecture shown in FIG. 2 has been introduced, so they are not described in detail.
图2~图4中,(R)AN的主要功能是控制终端设备通过无线接入到移动通信网络。(R)AN是移动通信系统的一部分。它实现了一种无线接入技术。(R)AN设备包括但不限于:5G中的gNB、eNB、无线网络控制器(radio network controller,RNC)、节点B(node B,NB)、基站控制器(base station controller,BSC)、基站收发台(base transceiver station,BTS)、家庭基站(例如,home evolved nodeB,或home node B,HNB)、基带单元(baseband unit,BBU)、传输点(transmitting and receiving point,TRP)、发射点(transmitting point,TP)、移动交换中心等,此外,还可以包括无线保真(wireless fidelity,wifi)接入点(access point,AP)等。In Figures 2 to 4, the main function of the (R) AN is to control the terminal device to access the mobile communication network through wireless access. (R) AN is part of a mobile communication system. It implements a wireless access technology. (R) AN equipment includes but is not limited to: gNB, eNB, radio network controller (RNC), node B (NB), base station controller (BSC), base station in 5G Transceiver station (BTS), home base station (e.g., home nodeB, or home nodeB, HNB), baseband unit (BBU), transmission point (receiving point, TRP), and transmission point (TRP) transmitting point (TP), mobile switching center, etc. In addition, it can also include wireless fidelity (wifi) access points (AP) and the like.
前文介绍了本申请实施例所提供的一种选择会话管理功能网元的系统100,以及该系统100在5G系统中可能应用的几种网络架构,下面继续以5G系统为例,介绍本申请实施例的技术背景。The foregoing introduces a system 100 for selecting a session management function network element provided by the embodiment of the present application, and several network architectures in which the system 100 may be applied in a 5G system. The following takes the 5G system as an example to introduce the implementation of the present application. Case technical background.
在创建PDU session的流程中,包含了由AMF选择SMF的过程,以及由SMF选择UPF的过程。在第三代合作伙伴计划(3rd generation partnership project,3GPP)标准23.502-f10版本中,详细介绍了现有的5G系统架构中选择SMF和选择UPF的流程。首先介绍AMF选择SMF的流程,请参考图5。The process of creating a PDU session includes the process of selecting the SMF by the AMF and the process of selecting the UPF by the SMF. In the 3rd Generation Partnership Project (3GPP) standard 23.502-f10 version, the process of selecting SMF and selecting UPF in the existing 5G system architecture is introduced in detail. First introduce the process of AMF selecting SMF, please refer to Figure 5.
S501、AMF向NSSF发送请求消息,例如称为第一请求消息,则NSSF接收第一请求消息,第一请求消息携带请求参数,请求参数包括符合终端设备请求的网络切片选择支撑信息(network slice selection assistance information,NSSAI)条件的(single network slice selection assistance information,S-NSSAI)、PLMN身份标识号(ID),并指明第一请求消息是适用于非漫游场景还是本地分流漫游场景等。S501. The AMF sends a request message to the NSSF. For example, the first request message is received by the NSSF. The NSSF receives the first request message, and the first request message carries request parameters. The request parameters include network slice selection support information that meets the request of the terminal device. assistance (information, NSSAI) conditions (single network selection, S-NSSAI), PLMN identification number (ID), and indicate whether the first request message is applicable to a non-roaming scenario or a local offload roaming scenario.
例如,AMF可以调用NSSF提供的网络切片选择获取(Nnssf_NSSelection_Get)服务方 法,向NSSF发送第一请求消息。For example, the AMF may call a network slice selection acquisition (Nnssf_NSSelection_Get) service method provided by the NSSF, and send a first request message to the NSSF.
S502、NSSF根据AMF发来的请求参数选择网络切片,也就是,NSSF选择符合AMF发来的请求参数的网络切片,之后,NSSF确定并向AMF发送适合这个网络切片的NRF的信息,例如NSSF是调用NSSF提供的网络切片选择获取的响应(Nnssf_NSSelection_Get response)服务方法向AMF发送适合这个网络切片的NRF的信息,例如将NSSF向AMF发送的消息称为第一响应消息,也就是图5中的第一响应消息。其中,NSSF所选择的网络切片的网络切片实例(NSI)ID可以作为可选项一并发送。S502. The NSSF selects a network slice according to the request parameters sent by the AMF. That is, the NSSF selects a network slice that meets the request parameters sent by the AMF. After that, the NSSF determines and sends the NRF information suitable for the network slice to the AMF. For example, the NSSF is Call the response (Nnssf_NSSelection_Get response) service method provided by the NSSF to obtain the network slice selection response to the AMF. For example, the message sent by the NSSF to the AMF is called the first response message, which is the first response message in Figure 5. A response message. The network slice instance (NSI) ID of the network slice selected by the NSSF may be sent as an option.
S503、AMF向NRF发送第二请求消息,则NRF接收第二请求消息。其中,第二请求消息用于查询满足参数要求的SMF,而AMF用来查询SMF的参数,也就是携带在第二请求消息中的参数,例如包括S-NSSAI、PLMN ID和DNN等。S503. The AMF sends a second request message to the NRF, and the NRF receives the second request message. The second request message is used to query the SMF that meets the parameter requirements, and the AMF is used to query the parameters of the SMF, that is, the parameters carried in the second request message, such as S-NSSAI, PLMN ID, and DNN.
例如,AMF可以调用NRF提供的NF发现请求(Nnrf_NFDiscovery_Request)服务方法向NRF发送第二请求消息。For example, the AMF may call a NF discovery request (Nnrf_NFDiscovery_Request) service method provided by the NRF to send a second request message to the NRF.
S504、NRF向AMF发送SMF的全量域名(fully qualified domain name,FQDN)或IP地址,例如NRF是调用NRF提供的NF发现请求的响应(Nnrf_NFDiscovery_Request response)服务方法向AMF发送FQDN或IP地址,则AMF接收SMF的FQDN或IP地址。这也就是相当于AMF获取了所请求的SMF的信息。S504. The NRF sends the fully-qualified domain name (FQDN) or IP address of the SMF to the AMF. For example, the NRF sends the FQDN or IP address to the AMF by calling the service response (Nnrf_NFDiscovery_Request response) provided by the NRF. The FQDN or IP address of the receiving SMF. This is equivalent to the AMF obtaining the requested SMF information.
当然,如果AMF已知NRF的信息,则图5所示的流程中的S501和S502也可以不执行,只需执行S503和S504,否则,就需要执行S501~S504。Of course, if the AMF knows the information of the NRF, S501 and S502 in the process shown in FIG. 5 may not be executed, and only S503 and S504 need to be executed; otherwise, S501 to S504 need to be executed.
图5所示的流程介绍了AMF选择SMF的过程,下面再介绍SMF选择UPF的流程,下面介绍的是SMF通过NRF来选择UPF的过程,请参考图6。The flow shown in Figure 5 introduces the process of AMF selecting SMF. The following describes the flow of SMF selecting UPF. The following describes the process of SMF selecting UPF through NRF. Please refer to Figure 6.
图6包括两个过程,一个是SMF向NRF订阅UPF的信息的过程,另一个是UPF向NRF发送UPF的信息的过程。FIG. 6 includes two processes, one is a process in which the SMF subscribes to the UPF information to the NRF, and the other is a process in which the UPF sends the UPF information to the NRF.
其中,SMF向NRF订阅UPF的信息的过程包括下面的S601和S602:The process of the SMF subscribing to the UPF information from the NRF includes the following S601 and S602:
S601、SMF向NRF发送订阅请求,则NRF接收订阅请求,订阅请求携带订阅参数,订阅参数就是SMF感兴趣的UPF的信息,也就是SMF需要订阅的UPF的信息。订阅参数例如包括数据网络名称(data network name,DNN)、S-NSSAI或SMF区域标识(SMF area identity)等。S601. The SMF sends a subscription request to the NRF, and the NRF receives the subscription request. The subscription request carries subscription parameters. The subscription parameters are information about the UPF that the SMF is interested in, that is, information about the UPF that the SMF needs to subscribe to. The subscription parameters include, for example, a data network name (DNN), S-NSSAI, or SMF area identity (SMF).
例如,SMF可以调用NRF提供的NF管理NF状态订阅(Nnrf_NFManagement_NFStatusSubscribe)服务方法向NRF发起订阅,也就是发送订阅请求。For example, the SMF may call the NF management NF status subscription (Nnrf_NFManagement_NFStatusSubscribe) service method provided by the NRF to initiate a subscription to the NRF, that is, send a subscription request.
S602、NRF向SMF发送通知消息,则SMF接收通知消息,该通知消息携带当前符合订阅参数的UPF的信息。在图6中,S602中的通知消息称为第一通知消息。S602. The NRF sends a notification message to the SMF, and the SMF receives the notification message, and the notification message carries information about the UPF that currently meets the subscription parameters. In FIG. 6, the notification message in S602 is referred to as a first notification message.
例如,NRF可以调用NRF提供的NF管理NF状态通知(Nnrf_NFManagement_NFStatusNotify)服务方法向SMF发送通知消息。For example, the NRF may call the NF management NF status notification (Nnrf_NFManagement_NFStatusNotify) service method provided by the NRF to send a notification message to the SMF.
例如,第一通知消息携带的UPF的信息可以是UPF的N4接口的FQDN或IP地址。For example, the UPF information carried in the first notification message may be the FQDN or IP address of the N4 interface of the UPF.
其中,如果当前没有符合订阅参数的UPF,则NRF也可以不必执行S602;或者,NRF执行S602,但是在S602中,NRF发送给SMF的第一通知消息携带的不是符合订阅参数的UPF的信息,而是携带通知信息,该通知信息用于通知SMF,当前没有符合订阅参数的UPF。Among them, if there is currently no UPF that meets the subscription parameters, the NRF may not need to execute S602; or, the NRF executes S602, but in S602, the first notification message sent by the NRF to the SMF does not carry UPF information that meets the subscription parameters, Instead, it carries notification information, which is used to notify the SMF that there is currently no UPF that meets the subscription parameters.
UPF向NRF发送UPF的信息的过程,包括如下的S603~S607,其中,如下的S603~S607,也可以理解为介绍的是一个新的UPF部署到系统之后发生的流程:The process by which the UPF sends UPF information to the NRF includes the following S603-S607. Among them, the following S603-S607 can also be understood as introducing the process that occurs after a new UPF is deployed to the system:
S603、一个新的UPF部署到系统。S603. A new UPF is deployed to the system.
S604、操作、管理和维护(operation,administration and maintenance,OAM)系统在该UPF上配置NRF的标识信息,以及为该UPF配置属性信息。S604. The operation, administration, and maintenance (OAM) system configures identification information of the NRF on the UPF, and configures attribute information for the UPF.
S605、该UPF向NRF发送请求消息,例如称为第三请求消息,则NRF接收第三请求消息,第三请求消息携带该UPF的网络功能(network function,NF)类型、FQDN或N4接口的IP地址,以及在S604中OAM为该UPF配置的属性信息。S605. The UPF sends a request message to the NRF, such as a third request message. The NRF receives the third request message, and the third request message carries the network function (NF) type of the UPF, the FQDN, or the IP of the N4 interface. Address, and attribute information configured by the OAM for the UPF in S604.
例如,该UPF可以调用NRF提供的NF管理NF注册(Nnrf_NFManagement_NFRegister)服务方法向NRF发送请求消息。For example, the UPF may call the NF management NF registration (Nnrf_NFManagement_NFRegister) service method provided by the NRF to send a request message to the NRF.
S606、OAM系统向NRF注册该UPF的信息。S606. The OAM system registers the UPF information with the NRF.
例如,当UPF部署到系统,或者从系统中注销时,OAM系统都可以将部署或注销的UPF的信息写入SMF的本地配置中。SMF可以根据这些信息选择UPF。另外,SMF的本地配置中写入的UPF的信息也可以被更新,例如在初始配置之后的任何时间,都可以通过OAM系统更新SMF上的UPF的信息。For example, when a UPF is deployed to the system or is logged out of the system, the OAM system can write the information of the deployed or unregistered UPF into the local configuration of the SMF. SMF can choose UPF based on this information. In addition, the UPF information written in the local configuration of the SMF can also be updated. For example, at any time after the initial configuration, the UPF information on the SMF can be updated through the OAM system.
S606是S605的一种等价方式,这两种方式选择一种即可,也就是,S605和S606,选择一个执行即可。S606 is an equivalent method of S605, and one of the two methods can be selected, that is, S605 and S606 can be selected and executed.
S607、如果该UPF的信息符合SMF的订阅参数,也就是该UPF符合SMF的订阅请求,则NRF可以向SMF发送通知消息,则SMF接收通知消息,该通知消息携带该UPF的信息。例如,通知消息携带的该UPF的信息可以是该UPF的N4接口的FQDN或IP地址。在图6中,S607中的通知消息称为第二通知消息。S607. If the information of the UPF meets the subscription parameters of the SMF, that is, the UPF meets the subscription request of the SMF, the NRF can send a notification message to the SMF, and the SMF receives the notification message, and the notification message carries the information of the UPF. For example, the UPF information carried in the notification message may be the FQDN or IP address of the N4 interface of the UPF. In FIG. 6, the notification message in S607 is called a second notification message.
例如,NRF可以调用Nnrf_NFManagement_NFStatusNotify服务方法向SMF发送第二通知消息。For example, the NRF may call the Nnrf_NFManagement_NFStatusNotify service method to send a second notification message to the SMF.
根据图5所示的流程,AMF可能选择多个SMF,根据图6所示的流程,SMF可能选择多个UPF,那么在创建PDU session时,AMF可以从多个SMF中选择一个SMF来执行本次的PDU session,如果该SMF有多个可选的UPF,则该SMF也可以从多个UPF中选择一个UPF来执行本次的PDU session。According to the process shown in Figure 5, the AMF may select multiple SMFs. According to the process shown in Figure 6, the SMF may select multiple UPFs. When creating a PDU session, the AMF may select one SMF from multiple SMFs to perform this process. If the SMF has multiple optional UPFs, the SMF can also select a UPF from multiple UPFs to perform the current PDU session.
根据图6所示的流程可知,SMF在选择UPF时,不一定能选择到可用的UPF,也就是,AMF所选择的SMF,并不一定能选择到可用的UPF,因此导致AMF所选的SMF可能是无效的,如果所选择的SMF无效,则AMF还需要重新选择SMF,重新选择的SMF还需要重新选择UPF,从而导致选择SMF的效率较低,给创建PDU session带来了较大的时延。According to the process shown in FIG. 6, when the SMF selects the UPF, it is not necessarily that the available UPF can be selected, that is, the SMF selected by the AMF does not necessarily select the available UPF, so the SMF selected by the AMF It may be invalid. If the selected SMF is invalid, the AMF needs to re-select the SMF. The re-selected SMF also needs to re-select the UPF. This results in a lower efficiency in selecting the SMF and brings a larger time to create a PDU session Delay.
鉴于此,提供本申请实施例的技术方案,通过设置会话管理功能网元101的状态,使得在选择会话管理功能网元101时可以参考会话管理功能网元101的状态进行选择,尽量保证所选择的会话管理功能网元101能够选择到可用的用户面功能网元,提高了会话管理功能网元101的选择效率,也减小了创建会话的时延。In view of this, the technical solution of the embodiment of the present application is provided. By setting the state of the session management function network element 101, the selection of the session management function network element 101 can be made with reference to the state of the session management function network element 101, and the selected The session management function network element 101 can select available user plane function network elements, which improves the selection efficiency of the session management function network element 101 and reduces the delay in creating a session.
其中,图2~图4中的任一个附图所示的网络架构中,与本申请实施例有关的网元主要是:AMF、SMF、以及NRF,当然本申请实施例还涉及到了UPF。Among the network architectures shown in any one of FIGS. 2 to 4, the network elements related to the embodiment of the present application are mainly AMF, SMF, and NRF. Of course, the embodiment of the present application also relates to the UPF.
为方便说明,本申请实施例后续,都是以将本申请实施例提供的方案应用在5G系统为例,也就是,在后文中,均以移动性管理功能网元为AMF网元、会话管理功能网元为SMF网元、网络功能存储库功能网元为NRF网元、用户面功能网元为UPF为例进行说明。进一步地,将AMF网元简称为AMF,SMF网元简称为SMF,NRF网元简称为NRF,UPF网元简称为UPF。即,本申请实施例后续所描述的AMF均可替换为移动性管理功能网元,SMF均可替换为会话管理功能网元,NRF均可替换为网络功能存储库功能网元,UPF均可替换为 用户面功能网元,例如,本申请实施例后续所描述的SMF可替换为会话管理功能网元101,以及NRF也可替换为网络功能存储库功能网元102。For the convenience of description, the following embodiments of the present application are all based on the application of the solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application to a 5G system, that is, in the following, the mobility management function network element is an AMF network element and session management. The function network element is an SMF network element, the network function repository function network element is an NRF network element, and the user plane function network element is a UPF. Further, the AMF network element is referred to as AMF, the SMF network element is referred to as SMF, the NRF network element is referred to as NRF, and the UPF network element is referred to as UPF. That is, the AMF described later in the embodiment of the present application can be replaced with a mobility management function network element, the SMF can be replaced with a session management function network element, the NRF can be replaced with a network function repository function network element, and the UPF can be replaced For the user plane function network element, for example, the SMF described later in the embodiment of the present application may be replaced with the session management function network element 101, and the NRF may also be replaced with the network function repository function network element 102.
下面结合附图,对本申请实施例提供的选择会话管理功能网元的方法做具体介绍。The method for selecting a session management function network element provided in the embodiments of the present application will be specifically described below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
请参考图7,为本申请实施例提供的一种选择SMF的方法的流程图,在下文的介绍过程中,以该方法应用在图2、图3或图4所示的场景为例,该方法可由图1所示的实施例提供的选择会话管理功能网元的系统100包括的会话管理功能网元101和网络功能存储库功能网元102执行,也就是下文中所述的SMF和NRF,当然在该方法的实施过程中,还涉及到移动性管理功能网元和用户面功能网元,也就是下文中所述的AMF和UPF。另外本申请实施例大概会包括两个过程,第一个过程例如称为状态同步过程,可能发生在创建PDU session之前,也可能发生在创建PDU session的流程中,第二个过程例如称为选择SMF的过程,可能发生在创建PDU session的流程中。Please refer to FIG. 7, which is a flowchart of a method for selecting an SMF according to an embodiment of the present application. In the following description, the method is applied to the scenario shown in FIG. 2, FIG. 3, or FIG. 4 as an example. The method may be executed by the session management function network element 101 and the network function repository function network element 102 included in the system 100 for selecting a session management function network provided by the embodiment shown in FIG. 1, that is, SMF and NRF described below. Of course, during the implementation of this method, the mobility management function network element and the user plane function network element are also involved, that is, AMF and UPF described below. In addition, the embodiment of this application may include two processes. The first process, for example, is called a state synchronization process, which may occur before the PDU session is created, or it may occur in the process of creating a PDU session. The second process, for example, is called selection. The SMF process may occur during the process of creating a PDU session.
首先介绍S701~S706,这几个步骤属于如上所述的状态同步过程,发生在创建PDU session之前或者创建PDU session的流程中。First, S701 to S706 are introduced. These steps belong to the state synchronization process described above, and occur before the PDU session is created or in the process of creating a PDU session.
S701、为SMF和AMF配置选择策略表。S701. Configure a selection policy table for SMF and AMF.
SMF要选择UPF,需要选择满足筛选条件的UPF,其中,SMF在选择UPF时,可能根据一种筛选条件进行选择,也可能根据多种筛选条件进行选择。其中,针对一种筛选条件来说,该筛选条件可能包括至少一个参数,例如该筛选条件可以包括DNN,或者该筛选条件可以包括S-NSSAI,或者该筛选条件可以包括DNN和S-NSSAI,当然,除了可以包括DNN和/或S-NSSAI之外,该筛选条件还可能包括其他的参数,例如包括UPF的一些属性参数等,或者,该筛选条件也可以不包括DNN和S-NSSAI,而是包括其他的参数,本申请实施例不做限制。如果SMF根据多种筛选条件来选择,那么不同的筛选条件包括的参数可能都相同,只是参数的取值不同。例如有两种筛选条件,这两种筛选条件包括的参数都是DNN,只是DNN在这两种筛选条件中的取值不同;或者,不同的筛选条件包括的参数也可能不同,例如其中的一种筛选条件包括DNN,其中的另一种筛选条件包括DNN和S-NSSAI,具体的不做限制。SMF在选择UPF时所用到的筛选条件,可以是预先配置在SMF中的,具体配置多少种筛选条件,以及每种筛选条件对应的参数等,都可以取决于应用场景和运营商的配置。其中,如果只配置了一种筛选条件,表明该SMF可以支持一类特性的UPF,如果配置了多种筛选条件,表明该SMF可以支持多类特性的UPF。因为后续还会涉及到AMF选择SMF,因此在AMF中也可以预先配置筛选条件,其中,在AMF中配置的筛选条件与在SMF中配置的筛选条件,可能相同也可能不同。To select a UPF for an SMF, it is necessary to select a UPF that meets the filtering conditions. Among them, when the SMF selects a UPF, it may choose based on one filtering condition or multiple filtering conditions. For a screening condition, the screening condition may include at least one parameter, for example, the screening condition may include DNN, or the screening condition may include S-NSSAI, or the screening condition may include DNN and S-NSSAI, of course In addition to DNN and / or S-NSSAI, the filter condition may include other parameters, such as some attribute parameters of UPF, or the filter condition may not include DNN and S-NSSAI, but Including other parameters, the embodiment of the present application is not limited. If the SMF is selected according to multiple filtering conditions, the parameters included in different filtering conditions may be the same, but the values of the parameters are different. For example, there are two kinds of screening conditions, and the parameters included in these two kinds of screening conditions are DNN, but the values of DNN in these two kinds of screening conditions are different. Or, different filtering conditions may include different parameters, such as one of them. One type of screening condition includes DNN, and the other type of screening condition includes DNN and S-NSSAI, which are not specifically limited. The filtering conditions used by the SMF when selecting the UPF can be pre-configured in the SMF. How many filtering conditions are configured and the parameters corresponding to each filtering condition can depend on the application scenario and the operator's configuration. Among them, if only one filtering condition is configured, it indicates that the SMF can support UPF of one type of characteristics, and if multiple filtering conditions are configured, it indicates that the SMF can support UPF of multiple types of characteristics. Because the AMF selects the SMF in the future, the filtering conditions can also be configured in the AMF. The filtering conditions configured in the AMF and the filtering conditions configured in the SMF may be the same or different.
在本申请实施例中,例如可以将筛选条件存储在表格中,该表格可称为选择策略表,选择策略表中可以包括至少一种筛选条件,那么,可以通过为SMF和AMF配置选择策略表来配置筛选条件。In the embodiment of the present application, for example, the filtering conditions may be stored in a table, and the table may be called a selection policy table. The selection policy table may include at least one filtering condition. Then, the selection policy table may be configured for SMF and AMF. To configure the filter criteria.
SMF要确定是否有满足筛选条件的UPF,就需要获得UPF的信息,从而根据UPF的信息来判断UPF是否满足筛选条件。其中,SMF能够获得信息的UPF,可以理解为是与SMF关联的UPF,或者在后文中,与UPF关联的SMF,可能也描述为,UPF所属的SMF。下面的S702~S704就介绍SMF获得UPF的信息的一种方式。To determine whether there is a UPF that meets the screening conditions, the SMF needs to obtain the UPF information, and then determine whether the UPF meets the screening conditions based on the UPF information. The UPF that the SMF can obtain information can be understood as the UPF associated with the SMF, or in the following, the SMF associated with the UPF may also be described as the SMF to which the UPF belongs. The following S702 to S704 introduce one way for the SMF to obtain UPF information.
S702、一个UPF部署到系统,且完成配置。S702. A UPF is deployed to the system and the configuration is completed.
其中,一个UPF部署到系统后,可以由OAM对该UPF进行配置。Among them, after a UPF is deployed to the system, the UPF can be configured by OAM.
S703、UPF通过N4接口向SMF发送UPF实例信息变更消息,则SMF通过N4接口接 收UPF实例信息变更消息。S703. The UPF sends a UPF instance information change message to the SMF through the N4 interface, and the SMF receives the UPF instance information change message through the N4 interface.
其中,UPF实例信息变更消息只是一个名称,不构成对消息本身的限制,该消息就是为了UPF向SMF发送UPF的属性信息,只要能够实现该目的的消息都可以是UPF实例信息变更消息。其中,本申请实施例中也将UPF的属性信息称为UPF的信息,例如包括UPF动态负载、DNN、UE位置信息、S-NSSAI以及PDU session类型等的至少一种,当然还可能包括其他的信息。The UPF instance information change message is just a name and does not constitute a restriction on the message itself. The message is for the UPF to send the UPF attribute information to the SMF. As long as the message that can achieve this purpose can be a UPF instance information change message. In the embodiment of the present application, the attribute information of the UPF is also referred to as the information of the UPF. For example, it includes at least one of the UPF dynamic load, DNN, UE location information, S-NSSAI, and PDU session type. Of course, other information may also be included. information.
图7所示的实施例中,是以一个UPF部署到系统为例,那么在实际应用中,可能会有至少一个UPF部署到系统,则至少一个UPF都可以向SMF发送UPF的信息,从而SMF可以接收来自至少一个UPF的所述至少一个UPF的信息,其中,一个UPF向SMF发送的只是该UPF的信息,而不会发送别的UPF的信息,因此,SMF所接收的来自一个UPF的是所述一个UPF的信息。In the embodiment shown in FIG. 7, one UPF is deployed to the system as an example. In actual applications, there may be at least one UPF deployed to the system, and at least one UPF can send UPF information to the SMF, and thus the SMF It is possible to receive the information of the at least one UPF from at least one UPF, wherein one UPF sends only the information of the UPF to the SMF, and does not send information of other UPFs. Therefore, what the SMF receives from one UPF is The information of one UPF.
也就是,UPF在部署到系统后,可以将UPF的信息主动发送给SMF,那么,如果有至少一个UPF都向SMF发送UPF的信息,SMF就可以获得至少一个UPF的信息。That is, after the UPF is deployed to the system, the UPF information can be actively sent to the SMF. If at least one UPF sends the UPF information to the SMF, the SMF can obtain at least one UPF information.
本申请实施例以部署新的UPF触发UPF向SMF发送UPF的信息为例,实际也可以应用到包括UPF更新、UPF注销或UPF负载状态变更等需要更新UPF的信息的场景,UPF的信息如果发生更新,则UPF也可以将UPF的信息发送给。在这些场景下,只是触发条件发生了变化,处理流程不变。In the embodiment of the present application, the deployment of a new UPF to trigger the UPF to send UPF information to the SMF is taken as an example. Actually, it can also be applied to scenarios that need to update the UPF information, such as UPF update, UPF logout, or UPF load status change. Update, UPF can also send UPF information to. In these scenarios, only the trigger conditions have changed and the processing flow remains the same.
S704、SMF将UPF的信息归类保存到UPF状态参数表中。S704. The SMF classifies the information of the UPF into the UPF status parameter table.
SMF获得UPF的信息后,可以直接存储,或者,也可以将UPF的信息进行分类,例如,将具有相同的参数的UPF的信息归为一类,例如SMF可以设置UPF状态参数表,将UPF的信息归类保存到UPF状态参数表中。其中,无论SMF采用何种存储方式,SMF所存储的UPF的信息,是指可用的UPF的信息,这里的可用,是指UPF可正常对外提供服务。另外,SMF还可以随时监测UPF的状态,如果UPF状态参数表中有的UPF的状态发生变化,例如下线,或者突然宕机等,则SMF可以将这样的UPF的信息从UPF状态参数表中删除,以保证UPF状态参数表中存储的都是可用的UPF的信息。其中,UPF可以通过去注册流程完成下线,则SMF可以知晓UPF是否下线,关于UPF的宕机,SMF与UPF之间可以维持检测机制,例如心跳检测机制,如果SMF无法接收UPF发送的心跳,则可以确定UPF宕机,或者,SMF还可以通过NRF的通知来确定UPF的状态是否发生变化,从而确定UPF是否可用。其中,UPF状态参数表中可以包括至少一种UPF状态,一种UPF状态可以对应至少一个UPF的信息,也就是,可能有至少一个UPF会满足一种UPF状态。例如请参考表2,为一种UPF状态参数表的示例:After the SMF obtains the information of the UPF, it can directly store it, or it can also classify the information of the UPF. For example, the information of the UPF with the same parameters can be classified into one category. For example, the SMF can set the UPF status parameter table and group the UPF The information classification is saved in the UPF status parameter table. Among them, no matter what kind of storage method the SMF uses, the UPF information stored by the SMF refers to the available UPF information, and the availability here means that the UPF can normally provide external services. In addition, the SMF can also monitor the status of the UPF at any time. If the status of the UPF in the UPF status parameter table changes, such as offline, or sudden downtime, the SMF can remove such UPF information from the UPF status parameter table. Delete to ensure that all the available UPF information is stored in the UPF status parameter table. Among them, the UPF can complete the offline process through the deregistration process, and the SMF can know whether the UPF is offline. Regarding the downtime of the UPF, a detection mechanism can be maintained between the SMF and the UPF, such as the heartbeat detection mechanism. If the SMF cannot receive the heartbeat sent by the UPF, , It can be determined that the UPF is down, or the SMF can also determine whether the status of the UPF has changed through the notification of the NRF, thereby determining whether the UPF is available. The UPF status parameter table may include at least one UPF status, and one UPF status may correspond to at least one UPF information, that is, there may be at least one UPF that meets one UPF status. For example, please refer to Table 2 for an example of a UPF status parameter table:
表2Table 2
UPF状态(instance)IDUPF status (instance) ID DNNDNN S-NSSAIS-NSSAI
11 DNN_1DNN_1 S-NSSAI_1,S-NSSAI_2S-NSSAI_1, S-NSSAI_2
22 DNN_1DNN_1 S-NSSAI_1S-NSSAI_1
33 DNN_2DNN_2 S-NSSAI_3S-NSSAI_3
表2中,一种UPF状态就表示一类UPF,一类UPF会具有一些相同的属性,UPF状态ID,也就是为UPF状态设置编号,表2中的1、2和3就代表三类UPF状态,第二列的参数和第三列的参数,就是UPF状态所对应的参数,也就是一类UPF所满足的参数。当然,表2 是以给UPF状态设置编号为例,在实际应用中,也可以不给UPF状态设置编号,也就是,表2中的第一列可以去掉,则去掉第一列后的表2中的一行就表示一种UPF状态。In Table 2, a type of UPF indicates a type of UPF, and a type of UPF will have some of the same attributes. The UPF status ID, that is, a number is set for the UPF status. 1, 2, and 3 in Table 2 represent three types of UPF. State, the parameters in the second column and the parameters in the third column are the parameters corresponding to the UPF state, that is, the parameters satisfied by a class of UPF. Of course, Table 2 is an example of setting the number for the UPF state. In practical applications, it is not necessary to set the number for the UPF state. That is, the first column in Table 2 can be removed, and Table 2 after the first column is removed. A line in it indicates a UPF status.
S705、SMF决策,在筛选条件下SMF是否可用。S705. The SMF decides whether SMF is available under the screening conditions.
SMF要决策SMF在筛选条件下是否可用,也就是要确定在该筛选条件下是否有可用的UPF,或者说是要确定是否有符合该筛选条件的UPF。The SMF needs to decide whether the SMF is available under the screening condition, that is, to determine whether a UPF is available under the screening condition, or to determine whether there is a UPF that meets the screening condition.
例如,筛选条件具体为一种,可将这种筛选条件称为第一筛选条件,那么,SMF确定是否有符合筛选条件的UPF,具体就是确定是否有符合第一筛选条件的UPF。或者,筛选条件具体为多种,这里以两种为例,例如称为第二筛选条件和第三筛选条件,那么,SMF确定是否有符合筛选条件的UPF,具体可以是,确定是否有满足第二筛选条件的UPF,以及确定是否有满足第三筛选条件的UPF。如果有更多种筛选条件,则处理方式也是类似的,不多赘述。For example, there is a specific screening condition. This screening condition may be referred to as a first screening condition. Then, the SMF determines whether there is a UPF that meets the screening condition, and specifically determines whether there is a UPF that meets the first screening condition. Alternatively, there are multiple screening conditions. Two examples are used here, for example, the second screening condition and the third screening condition. Then, the SMF determines whether there is a UPF that meets the screening conditions. Specifically, it can determine whether there are UPF of the second screening condition, and determining whether there is a UPF that meets the third screening condition. If there are more kinds of screening conditions, the processing method is similar, so I won't go into details.
可参考表3,为SMF中预先配置的选择策略表的一种示例:Refer to Table 3 for an example of the pre-configured selection strategy table in the SMF:
表3table 3
策略(Policy)IDPolicy ID 参数parameter
11 DNN:DNN_1,S-NSSAI:S-NSSAI_1DNN: DNN_1, S-NSSAI: S-NSSAI_1
22 DNN:DNN_3DNN: DNN_3
表3中的策略,可理解为筛选条件,可看到,表3所示的选择策略表包括了两种筛选条件。其中,策略ID就是为筛选条件设置的标识信息。标识信息具体可以为编号等,本申请实施例不做限制,只要是能够区分不同的筛选条件即可。表3中的1和2就代表两种筛选条件,第二列的参数,就是筛选条件所对应的参数。其中,筛选条件的标识信息也可以是预先设置的,也就是,在SMF中预先设置了筛选条件对应的参数信息和筛选条件的标识信息之间的对应关系。在表3的示例中,SMF可以分别确定是否有符合这两种筛选条件的UPF。另外表3中是以为筛选条件设置了标识信息为例,在实际应用中,也可以不给筛选条件设置标识信息,那么表3所示的选择策略表就变为表4所示的选择策略表:The strategies in Table 3 can be understood as the screening conditions. It can be seen that the selection strategy table shown in Table 3 includes two screening conditions. Among them, the policy ID is identification information set for the filtering conditions. The identification information may specifically be a number or the like, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application, as long as it can distinguish different filtering conditions. 1 and 2 in Table 3 represent two kinds of filtering conditions. The parameters in the second column are the parameters corresponding to the filtering conditions. The identification information of the filtering conditions may also be set in advance, that is, the correspondence between the parameter information corresponding to the filtering conditions and the identification information of the filtering conditions is preset in the SMF. In the example in Table 3, the SMF can determine whether there are UPFs that meet these two screening conditions. In addition, in Table 3, the identification information is set as an example for the filtering conditions. In practical applications, the identification information may not be set for the filtering conditions. The selection strategy table shown in Table 3 becomes the selection strategy table shown in Table 4. :
表4Table 4
筛选条件Filter by
DNN:DNN_1,S-NSSAI:S-NSSAI_1DNN: DNN_1, S-NSSAI: S-NSSAI_1
DNN:DNN_3DNN: DNN_3
表4中的一行就表示一种筛选条件,则表4就包括两种筛选条件。One row in Table 4 indicates one screening condition, and Table 4 includes two screening conditions.
在表3和表4中,每种筛选条件都对应了具体的参数,另外还有一种情况,一种筛选条件可能没有对应任何参数,也就是,该筛选条件对应的参数为空,这就代表无需对UPF进行筛选,只要是能够发现的UPF,都是满足该筛选条件的UPF,或者可以理解为,该筛选条件是用于筛选所有的UPF,当然这里的“所有”,是指能够被该SMF所发现的所有可用的UPF。例如,在筛选条件具体为第一筛选条件的情况下,第一筛选条件可能会对应一些参数,或者,第一筛选条件对应的参数也可能为空。如果第一筛选条件对应的参数为空,就表明第一筛选条件用于筛选所有可用的UPF。再例如,在筛选条件具体为第二筛选条件和第三筛选条件的情况下,第二筛选条件和第三筛选条件可能都会对应相应的参数;或者,第二筛选条件和第三筛选条件中的至少一种筛选条件也可能为空。如果第二筛选条件和第三筛选条件中的至少一种筛选条件为空,则表明这至少一种筛选条件是用于筛选所有可用的UPF,或者理解为, 表明这至少一种筛选条件中的每种筛选条件是用于筛选所有可用的UPF。In Tables 3 and 4, each screening condition corresponds to a specific parameter. In addition, there is also a case where a screening condition may not correspond to any parameter, that is, the parameter corresponding to the screening condition is empty, which means There is no need to screen UPF. As long as it can be found, it is a UPF that meets the screening conditions, or it can be understood that the screening condition is used to screen all UPFs. Of course, "all" means that it can be All available UPFs discovered by SMF. For example, when the screening condition is specifically the first screening condition, the first screening condition may correspond to some parameters, or the parameters corresponding to the first screening condition may be empty. If the parameter corresponding to the first screening condition is empty, it means that the first screening condition is used to screen all available UPFs. For another example, when the screening conditions are specifically the second screening condition and the third screening condition, the second screening condition and the third screening condition may both correspond to corresponding parameters; or, At least one of the filtering conditions may also be empty. If at least one of the second and third screening conditions is empty, it means that the at least one screening condition is used to screen all available UPFs, or it is understood that it indicates that at least one of the at least one screening condition is Each screening condition is used to screen all available UPFs.
SMF获得UPF的信息后,可以直接根据选择策略表所包括的筛选条件来判断是否有UPF的信息符合筛选条件。例如,SMF可能获得了多个UPF的信息,且SMF在存储时没有对UPF的信息进行分类存储,则SMF可以对每个UPF的信息进行分别判断,确定每个UPF的信息是否符合筛选条件。其中,SMF获得的UPF的信息,或者说SMF拿来判断是否符合筛选条件的UPF的信息,必须是前文中所述的可用的UPF的信息。另外,SMF用来判断的筛选条件可能也有多种,那么,SMF对于获得的每个UPF的信息,可以分别判断该UPF的信息是否符合多种筛选条件中的每一种。其中,一个UPF的信息符合一种筛选条件,也就表明该UPF的信息对应的UPF符合这一种筛选条件。After the SMF obtains the UPF information, it can directly determine whether the UPF information meets the screening conditions according to the screening conditions included in the selection policy table. For example, the SMF may obtain information of multiple UPFs, and the SMF does not classify and store the information of the UPFs during storage. Then the SMF may separately determine the information of each UPF to determine whether the information of each UPF meets the filtering conditions. Among them, the information of the UPF obtained by the SMF, or the information of the UPF used by the SMF to determine whether it meets the screening conditions, must be the information of the available UPF described above. In addition, there may be multiple screening conditions used by the SMF to determine. Then, for each UPF information obtained by the SMF, the SMF can determine whether the information of the UPF meets each of the multiple screening conditions. Among them, the information of a UPF meets a screening condition, which means that the UPF corresponding to the information of the UPF meets this screening condition.
或者,如果SMF设置了UPF状态参数表,则SMF可以根据每种筛选条件来查询UPF状态参数表,判断是否存在符合筛选条件的UPF。Alternatively, if the SMF has a UPF status parameter table, the SMF can query the UPF status parameter table according to each filtering condition to determine whether there is a UPF that meets the filtering condition.
例如,SMF中预先设置的选择策略表可参考表3,SMF获得的UPF的信息存储在UPF状态参数表中,UPF状态参数表可参考表2。表3中的Policy ID=1对应的参数,在表2中匹配到UPF Instance ID=1和UPF Instance ID=2,表3中的Policy ID=2在表2中未匹配到UPF,也就是,暂时没有UPF与表3中的Policy ID=2匹配。For example, the preset selection policy table in the SMF can refer to Table 3, the UPF information obtained by the SMF is stored in the UPF status parameter table, and the UPF status parameter table can refer to Table 2. The parameter corresponding to PolicyID = 1 in Table 3 matches UPFInstanceID = 1 and UPFInstanceInstanceID = 2 in Table2, and PolicyID = 2 in Table3 does not match UPF in Table2, that is, No UPF currently matches the Policy ID = 2 in Table 3.
则SMF可以确定该SMF在表3所示的选择策略表中的第一种筛选条件(Policy ID=1)下是可用状态,该SMF在表3所示的选择策略表中的第二种筛选条件(Policy ID=2)下是不可用状态。Then the SMF can determine that the SMF is available under the first screening condition (Policy ID = 1) in the selection strategy table shown in Table 3. The SMF is the second screening in the selection strategy table shown in Table 3. The condition (Policy ID = 2) is unavailable.
可以看到,在本申请实施例中,由于SMF中可能预先设置一种或多种筛选条件,那么,如果设置了多种筛选条件,则同一个SMF可以体现出多种特性,扩展了SMF的应用范围。It can be seen that, in the embodiment of the present application, since one or more filtering conditions may be set in the SMF in advance, if multiple filtering conditions are set, the same SMF can reflect multiple characteristics and expand the SMF. Application range.
前文介绍的是SMF获取到了UPF的信息的情况,根据前文的介绍可知,SMF如果获取了至少一个UPF的信息,则可以根据至少一个UPF的信息,确定至少一个UPF中是否有符合筛选条件的UPF。但还有可能,SMF获取不到UPF的信息,例如UPF可以主动向SMF发送UPF的信息,但SMF暂时没有接收到UPF发送的UPF的信息,在这些情况下,SMF都获取不到UPF的信息;或者还有一种可能,SMF获取的UPF的信息都不可用;或者SMF确定之前存储在UPF状态参数表中的UPF都变更为不可用的UPF,也就是,认为前文所介绍的都是SMF获取到了可用的UPF的信息的情况,而在当前这种情况下,SMF虽然获取了UPF的信息,但这些UPF都是不可用的。这里的不可用,不是指不符合筛选条件,而是指无法正常工作,例如UPF处于宕机或下线状态等。那么,如果SMF没有获取到UPF的信息,或者SMF没有获取到可用的UPF的信息,SMF就可以直接确定没有符合筛选条件的UPF,也就可以确定,SMF在筛选条件下不可用。The foregoing describes the situation in which the SMF has obtained UPF information. According to the foregoing description, if the SMF has obtained at least one UPF information, it can determine whether at least one UPF has a UPF that meets the filtering conditions based on the information of at least one UPF. . However, it is also possible that the SMF cannot obtain the UPF information. For example, the UPF can actively send the UPF information to the SMF, but the SMF has not received the UPF information sent by the UPF for the time being. In these cases, the SMF cannot obtain the UPF information. Or there is also a possibility that the UPF information obtained by the SMF is not available; or the SMF determines that the UPF stored in the UPF status parameter table is changed to an unavailable UPF, that is, it is considered that the previous introduction is all obtained by the SMF The situation of the available UPF information is reached. In this case, although the SMF has obtained the UPF information, these UPFs are not available. Unavailable here does not mean that the screening conditions are not met, but that it does not work properly, for example, the UPF is down or offline. Then, if the SMF does not obtain the UPF information, or the SMF does not obtain the available UPF information, the SMF can directly determine that there are no UPFs that meet the screening conditions, and it can be determined that the SMF is not available under the screening conditions.
如果确定有符合筛选条件的UPF,则可选的,SMF可以将SMF的状态设置为在所述筛选条件下是可用状态。If it is determined that there is a UPF that meets the filtering conditions, optionally, the SMF may set the state of the SMF to a state that is available under the filtering conditions.
在前文也介绍了,筛选条件可能是一种也可能是多种,如果筛选条件是多种,则SMF也是分别判断是否有符合其中的每种筛选条件的UPF,那么,如果筛选条件是多种,则SMF在设置SMF的状态时,也可以为每种筛选条件分别设置SMF的状态。As mentioned earlier, the screening conditions may be one or more. If there are multiple screening conditions, the SMF also judges whether there are UPFs that meet each of these screening conditions. Then, if the screening conditions are multiple , When the SMF sets the state of the SMF, it can also set the state of the SMF for each filtering condition.
例如,筛选条件具体为第一筛选条件,则,若有符合第一筛选条件的UPF,SMF可以将SMF的状态设置为在第一筛选条件下是可用状态。For example, the screening condition is specifically the first screening condition. If there is a UPF that meets the first screening condition, the SMF can set the state of the SMF to be available under the first screening condition.
或者,筛选条件具体为第二筛选条件和第三筛选条件,则,若有符合第二筛选条件的UPF,SMF可以将SMF的状态设置为在第二筛选条件下是可用状态,或者,若有符合第三筛选条 件的UPF,SMF可以将SMF的状态设置为在第三筛选条件下是可用状态。Alternatively, the screening conditions are specifically the second screening condition and the third screening condition. If there is a UPF that meets the second screening condition, the SMF can set the state of the SMF to be available under the second screening condition. The UPF that meets the third screening condition, the SMF can set the state of the SMF to be available under the third screening condition.
可以看到,SMF的状态是与筛选条件有关的,那么,SMF如果存储SMF的状态,可以将SMF的状态与筛选条件对应存储。例如,筛选条件如表3所示,则可以在表3中再增加一列,用于存储SMF的状态,这个表格请参考表5,SMF就可以存储表5,表5就表示了SMF在哪些筛选条件下可用。It can be seen that the state of the SMF is related to the filter condition. If the SMF stores the state of the SMF, the state of the SMF can be stored in correspondence with the filter condition. For example, if the filtering conditions are shown in Table 3, an additional column can be added to Table 3 to store the status of SMF. Please refer to Table 5 for this table. SMF can store Table 5, and Table 5 indicates which SMFs are filtered. Available under conditions.
表5table 5
策略(Policy)IDPolicy ID 状态status 参数parameter
11 可用Available DNN:DNN_1,S-NSSAI:S-NSSAI_1DNN: DNN_1, S-NSSAI: S-NSSAI_1
22  Zh DNN:DNN_3DNN: DNN_3
表5的第二列表示SMF的状态,另外表5是沿用了前文中结合表2和表3的示例,在该示例下,SMF在第一种筛选条件(Policy ID=1)下是可用状态,在第二种筛选条件(Policy ID=2)下是不可用状态,因此表5中,第一种筛选条件(Policy ID=1)对应的SMF的状态为“可用”。当然,这里的“可用”的表达方式只是示例,例如SMF也可以通过1个比特来表示SMF的状态,如果该比特取“1”则表示SMF为可用状态,本申请实施例不限制SMF的状态的表示方式。The second column of Table 5 indicates the status of the SMF. In addition, Table 5 is an example that combines the previous table with Table 2 and Table 3. In this example, the SMF is available under the first filter condition (Policy ID = 1). The status is unavailable under the second screening condition (Policy ID = 2), so in Table 5, the status of the SMF corresponding to the first screening condition (Policy ID = 1) is "available". Of course, the expression "available" here is just an example. For example, SMF can also indicate the state of SMF by 1 bit. If the bit is set to "1", it indicates that SMF is available. The embodiment of this application does not limit the state of SMF. Representation.
或者例如,筛选条件如表4所示,则可以在表4中再增加一列,用于存储SMF的状态,这个表格请参考表6,SMF就可以存储表6,表6就表示了SMF在哪些筛选条件下可用。Or for example, if the filter conditions are shown in Table 4, you can add another column in Table 4 to store the status of SMF. Please refer to Table 6 for this table. SMF can store Table 6, and Table 6 shows which SMFs are in Available under filters.
表6Table 6
状态status 筛选条件Filter by
可用Available DNN:DNN_1,S-NSSAI:S-NSSAI_1DNN: DNN_1, S-NSSAI: S-NSSAI_1
 Zh DNN:DNN_3DNN: DNN_3
表6的第一列表示SMF的状态,另外表6是以SMF在表6的第一行表示的筛选条件为可用状态为例,因此表6中,第一种筛选条件(表6的第一行)对应的SMF的状态为“可用”。The first column of Table 6 indicates the status of the SMF. In addition, Table 6 uses the filtering conditions indicated by the SMF in the first row of Table 6 as an example. Therefore, in Table 6, the first filtering condition (the first of Table 6 Line) The status of the corresponding SMF is "Available".
S706、若有符合所述筛选条件的UPF,SMF向NRF发送SMF的第一状态信息,则NRF接收来自SMF的SMF的第一状态信息,SMF的第一状态信息用于指示SMF在所述筛选条件下可用,所述第一状态信息用于选择SMF。S706. If there is a UPF that meets the screening condition, the SMF sends the first status information of the SMF to the NRF, the NRF receives the first status information of the SMF from the SMF, and the first status information of the SMF is used to instruct the SMF to perform the screening. Available under conditions, the first state information is used to select an SMF.
例如,SMF可以调用NRF提供的NF管理NF升级(Nnrf_NFManagement_NFUpdate)服务方法向NRF发送SMF的第一状态信息。For example, the SMF may call the NF management NF upgrade (Nnrf_NFManagement_NFUpdate) service method provided by the NRF to send the first state information of the SMF to the NRF.
前文介绍了,在本文中,将用于指示SMF可用的状态信息称为SMF的第一状态信息,例如表5中,用于表示SMF在第一种筛选条件(Policy ID=1)下是可用状态的状态信息就可以称为SMF的第一状态信息。As mentioned above, in this article, the state information used to indicate that SMF is available is called the first state information of SMF. For example, in Table 5, it is used to indicate that SMF is available under the first filter condition (Policy ID = 1). The state information of the state can be called the first state information of the SMF.
也就是说,虽然SMF确定是否有符合筛选条件的UPF后,可能有符合筛选条件的UPF,也可能没有符合筛选条件的UPF,也就是,SMF在所述筛选条件下的状态可能是可用状态,也可能是不可用状态,但本申请实施例中,SMF可以只将SMF的第一状态信息发送给NRF,也就是SMF只将SMF处于可用状态的信息发送给NRF,从而NRF可以只存储处于可用状态的SMF。如果筛选条件具体为多种,那么SMF可以只将SMF处于可用状态的信息发送给NRF,例如对于表5,SMF可以只将SMF在第一种筛选条件(Policy ID=1)下是可用状态的状态信息发送给NRF,而对于SMF在第二种筛选条件(Policy ID=2)下是不可用状态的状态信息,SMF可以不发送给NRF。在这种情况下,NRF可以只存储处于可用状态的SMF的信息,例如NRF可以存储筛选条件与SMF的状态之间的对应关系,只要是NRF存储了对应关系的,都是可用状态的SMF。例如,NRF可以存储表6的第一行的信息。或者,NRF也可以 存储筛选条件的标识信息、筛选条件以及SMF的状态,这三者之间的对应关系,同样的,只要是NRF存储了对应关系的,都是可用状态的SMF。例如,NRF可以存储表5的第一行的信息。That is, although the SMF determines whether there are UPFs that meet the screening conditions, there may or may not be UPFs that meet the screening conditions, that is, the state of the SMFs under the screening conditions may be available. It may also be in an unavailable state, but in the embodiment of the present application, the SMF may send only the first state information of the SMF to the NRF, that is, the SMF only sends the information that the SMF is in the available state to the NRF, so the NRF can store only the available state SMF of the state. If there are multiple screening conditions, the SMF can only send the information that the SMF is available to the NRF. For example, for Table 5, the SMF can only make the SMF available under the first screening condition (Policy ID = 1). The status information is sent to the NRF. For the status information that the SMF is unavailable under the second screening condition (Policy ID = 2), the SMF may not send it to the NRF. In this case, the NRF can store only the information of the SMF in the available state. For example, the NRF can store the correspondence between the screening condition and the state of the SMF. As long as the NRF stores the correspondence, the SMF is in the available state. For example, the NRF can store the information in the first row of Table 6. Alternatively, the NRF can also store the identification information of the screening conditions, the screening conditions, and the state of the SMF. The corresponding relationship between these three is the same. As long as the NRF stores the corresponding relationship, the SMF is in the available state. For example, the NRF can store the information in the first row of Table 5.
或者,SMF也可以只将SMF的第二状态信息发送给NRF,SMF的第二状态信息可以用于指示SMF在筛选条件下不可用,也就是SMF只将SMF处于不可用状态的信息发送给NRF,从而NRF可以只存储处于不可用状态的SMF。如果筛选条件具体为多种,那么SMF可以只将SMF处于不可用状态的信息发送给NRF,例如对于表5,SMF可以只将SMF在第二种筛选条件(Policy ID=2)下是不可用状态的状态信息发送给NRF,而对于SMF在第一种筛选条件(Policy ID=1)下是可用状态的状态信息,SMF可以不发送给NRF。在这种情况下,NRF可以只存储处于包可用状态的SMF的信息,例如NRF可以存储筛选条件与SMF的状态之间的对应关系,只要是NRF存储了对应关系的,都是不可用状态的SMF。例如,NRF可以存储筛选条件以及SMF的状态之间的对应关系,或者,NRF也可以存储筛选条件的标识信息、筛选条件以及SMF的状态,这三者之间的对应关系,同样的,只要是NRF存储了对应关系的,都是不可用状态的SMF。Alternatively, the SMF may only send the second state information of the SMF to the NRF, and the second state information of the SMF may be used to indicate that the SMF is unavailable under the screening condition, that is, the SMF only sends the information that the SMF is in an unavailable state to the NRF. Therefore, the NRF can store only SMFs that are not available. If the filtering conditions are specific, the SMF can only send the information that the SMF is unavailable to the NRF. For example, for Table 5, the SMF can only make the SMF unavailable under the second filtering condition (Policy ID = 2). The state information of the state is sent to the NRF, and for the state information that the SMF is available under the first screening condition (Policy ID = 1), the SMF may not send it to the NRF. In this case, the NRF can store only the information of the SMF in the packet available state. For example, the NRF can store the correspondence between the filtering conditions and the state of the SMF. As long as the NRF stores the correspondence, it is unavailable. SMF. For example, the NRF can store the corresponding relationship between the filter condition and the state of the SMF, or the NRF can also store the identification information of the filter condition, the filter condition, and the state of the SMF. The corresponding relationship between the three is the same, as long as it is NRF stores the corresponding relationship, which are all unavailable SMFs.
在本申请实施例中,将SMF的第一状态信息和第二状态信息统称为SMF的状态信息,也就是,一个SMF的状态信息可以包括该SMF的第一状态信息或第二状态信息。在前文介绍了,第一状态信息可以有不同的实现方式,不同的实现方式能够实现不同的指示方式,那么类似的,SMF的状态信息也有不同的实现方式,不同的实现方式能够实现不同的指示方式,同理,SMF的第二状态信息也有不同的实现方式,不同的实现方式能够实现不同的指示方式,下面主要介绍SMF的状态信息的实现方式,关于SMF的第二状态信息的实现方式可以此类推。In the embodiment of the present application, the first state information and the second state information of the SMF are collectively referred to as the state information of the SMF, that is, the state information of an SMF may include the first state information or the second state information of the SMF. As mentioned earlier, the first status information can have different implementations, and different implementations can implement different indications. Then, similarly, SMF status information also has different implementations, and different implementations can achieve different indications. Mode, for the same reason, the second status information of the SMF also has different implementations, and different implementations can implement different indication methods. The following mainly introduces the implementation of the status information of the SMF. The implementation of the second status information of the SMF can be And so on.
例如,SMF的状态信息包括用于指示SMF在筛选条件下可用的信息,或包括用于指示SMF在所述筛选条件下不可用的信息。SMF的状态信息的这种指示方式可以认为是隐式指示方式。也就是,虽然SMF的状态信息直接指示的是SMF在所述筛选条件下是否可用,但隐含指示的是SMF是否具有满足所述筛选条件的UPF,也就是,通过指示SMF的状态来指示SMF是否有可用的UPF。For example, the status information of the SMF includes information for indicating that the SMF is available under the screening condition, or includes information for indicating that the SMF is not available under the screening condition. This indication manner of the state information of the SMF can be considered as an implicit indication manner. That is, although the state information of the SMF directly indicates whether the SMF is available under the screening condition, it implicitly indicates whether the SMF has a UPF that satisfies the screening condition, that is, indicates the SMF by indicating the state of the SMF. Is there a UPF available?
再例如,SMF的状态信息包括用于指示SMF具有满足筛选条件的UPF的信息,SMF的状态信息的这种指示方式可以认为是显式指示方式。也就是,SMF的状态信息直接指示了SMF是否有满足所述筛选条件的UPF,这种方式较为简单直接。For another example, the state information of the SMF includes information used to indicate that the SMF has a UPF that meets the screening condition. This indication manner of the state information of the SMF may be considered as an explicit indication manner. That is, the state information of the SMF directly indicates whether the SMF has a UPF that satisfies the screening condition, which is relatively simple and straightforward.
至于SMF的状态信息究竟采用何种指示方式,可通过协议预定义,或者也可以由各个网元之间协商确定等,具体的不做限制。可以看到,在前文中,主要是以SMF的状态信息采用隐式指示的方式来指示为例,在后文中也继续以SMF的状态信息采用隐式指示的方式来指示为例。As for the indication method of the status information of the SMF, it can be predefined by the protocol, or it can also be determined through negotiation between the various network elements, and the like is not specifically limited. It can be seen that in the foregoing, the status information of the SMF is indicated by using the implicit indication as an example, and in the following, the status information of the SMF is also indicated by using the implicit indication as an example.
对于SMF来说,其在一种筛选条件下的状态是有可能发生改变的,例如一个SMF,在一个时刻可能有符合第一筛选条件的UPF,则在这个时刻,该SMF在第一筛选条件下是可用状态,但在下一个时刻,可能该SMF就没有符合第一筛选条件的UPF,例如符合第一筛选条件的UPF可能出现故障等,那么在这个时刻,该SMF在第一筛选条件下改变为不可用状态。那么,对于NRF只存储可用状态的SMF的情况,如果SMF是初次向NRF发送SMF的状态,则SMF可以只向NRF发送SMF的第一状态信息,也就是只发送SMF是可用状态的信息,而不发送SMF是不可用状态的信息。例如SMF确定该SMF在第二筛选条件下是可用状态, 在第三筛选条件下是不可用状态,则SMF可以只向NRF发送该SMF在第二筛选条件下是可用状态的第一状态信息,而不向NRF发送该SMF在第三筛选条件下是不可用状态的信息。但是,如果SMF不是初次向NRF发送SMF的状态,那么,无论SMF的状态是可用状态还是不可用状态,SMF可以都发送给NRF,以便NRF能够及时更新SMF的状态。For an SMF, its status under a screening condition may change. For example, an SMF may have a UPF that meets the first screening condition at a moment. At this moment, the SMF is at the first screening condition. The following is the available status, but at the next moment, the SMF may not have a UPF that meets the first screening condition. For example, the UPF that meets the first screening condition may fail. At this moment, the SMF changes under the first screening condition. Is unavailable. Then, for the case where the NRF only stores the available SMF, if the SMF is the first state that sends the SMF to the NRF, the SMF can only send the first state information of the SMF to the NRF, that is, only the information that the SMF is available is sent, Not sending SMF is unavailable. For example, the SMF determines that the SMF is available under the second screening condition and is unavailable under the third screening condition. Then the SMF may send only the first state information to the NRF that the SMF is available under the second screening condition. No information is sent to the NRF that the SMF is unavailable under the third screening condition. However, if the SMF does not send the SMF status to the NRF for the first time, then regardless of whether the status of the SMF is available or unavailable, the SMF can be sent to the NRF so that the NRF can update the status of the SMF in a timely manner.
例如,SMF不是初次向NRF发送状态信息,那么,如果SMF确定没有符合筛选条件的UPF,则SMF的状态为在该筛选条件下是不可用状态,SMF可以将该SMF的状态设置为在该筛选条件下是不可用状态,SMF可以将SMF的第二状态信息发送给NRF,SMF的第二状态信息可以用于指示SMF在筛选条件下不可用。可以理解为,本申请实施例中,SMF的状态信息包括SMF的第一状态信息和第二状态信息。For example, the SMF does not send status information to the NRF for the first time. If the SMF determines that there is no UPF that meets the filtering conditions, the status of the SMF is unavailable under the filtering conditions, and the SMF can set the status of the SMF to be in the filtering The condition is unavailable under conditions. The SMF can send the second status information of the SMF to the NRF, and the second status information of the SMF can be used to indicate that the SMF is unavailable under the screening conditions. It can be understood that, in the embodiment of the present application, the state information of the SMF includes first state information and second state information of the SMF.
在本申请实施例中,SMF的状态信息可以包括筛选条件对应的参数信息,以及包括用于指示该SMF在所述筛选条件下是否可用的指示信息,则NRF存储的可以是筛选条件对应的参数信息,以及包括用于指示该SMF在所述筛选条件下是否可用的指示信息,例如SMF的第一状态信息包括筛选条件对应的参数信息,以及包括用于指示该SMF在所述筛选条件下可用的指示信息,SMF的第二状态信息包括筛选条件对应的参数信息,以及包括用于指示该SMF在所述筛选条件下不可用的指示信息。或者,SMF的状态信息可以包括筛选条件对应的参数信息、筛选条件的标识信息、以及包括用于指示该SMF在所述筛选条件下是否可用的指示信息,则NRF存储的可以是筛选条件对应的参数信息、筛选条件的标识信息、以及包括用于指示该SMF在所述筛选条件下是否可用的指示信息,例如SMF的第一状态信息包括筛选条件对应的参数信息、筛选条件的标识信息、以及包括用于指示该SMF在所述筛选条件下可用的指示信息,SMF的第二状态信息包括筛选条件对应的参数信息、筛选条件的标识信息、以及包括用于指示该SMF在所述筛选条件下不可用的指示信息。或者,SMF的状态信息可以包括筛选条件的标识信息,以及包括用于指示该SMF在所述筛选条件下是否可用的指示信息,则NRF存储的可以是筛选条件的标识信息,以及包括用于指示该SMF在所述筛选条件下是否可用的指示信息,例如SMF的第一状态信息包括筛选条件的标识信息,以及包括用于指示该SMF在所述筛选条件下可用的指示信息,SMF的第二状态信息包括筛选条件的标识信息,以及包括用于指示该SMF在所述筛选条件下不可用的指示信息,在这种情况下,SMF的状态信息可以不包括筛选条件对应的参数信息,则SMF向NRF发送SMF的状态信息时,需要发送的信息量较小。In the embodiment of the present application, the status information of the SMF may include parameter information corresponding to the screening condition and indication information for indicating whether the SMF is available under the screening condition. Then, the NRF may store the parameters corresponding to the screening condition. Information, and includes indication information for indicating whether the SMF is available under the screening condition, for example, the first state information of the SMF includes parameter information corresponding to the screening condition, and includes information for indicating that the SMF is available under the screening condition The second state information of the SMF includes parameter information corresponding to the screening condition, and includes indication information for indicating that the SMF is unavailable under the screening condition. Alternatively, the state information of the SMF may include parameter information corresponding to the screening condition, identification information of the screening condition, and indication information for indicating whether the SMF is available under the screening condition, and the NRF may store the information corresponding to the screening condition. Parameter information, identification information of the screening condition, and indication information including whether the SMF is available under the screening condition, for example, the first state information of the SMF includes parameter information corresponding to the screening condition, identification information of the screening condition, and It includes instruction information for indicating that the SMF is available under the screening condition, and the second state information of the SMF includes parameter information corresponding to the screening condition, identification information of the screening condition, and includes information for indicating that the SMF is under the screening condition. Unavailable instructions. Alternatively, the status information of the SMF may include identification information of the screening condition and indication information used to indicate whether the SMF is available under the screening condition, and the NRF may store identification information of the screening condition and include indication information Indication information of whether the SMF is available under the screening condition, for example, the first state information of the SMF includes identification information of the screening condition, and includes indication information for indicating that the SMF is available under the screening condition, and the second information of the SMF The status information includes identification information of the screening condition and indication information for indicating that the SMF is unavailable under the screening condition. In this case, the status information of the SMF may not include parameter information corresponding to the screening condition, then the SMF When sending SMF status information to the NRF, the amount of information that needs to be sent is small.
或者,作为一种特例,如果NRF只存储可用的SMF的信息,且如果后续SMF在筛选条件下变为不可用时,SMF向NRF发送的是删除指示,该删除指示用于指示NRF,删除该筛选条件下的该SMF的信息。那么,SMF的状态信息也可以包括筛选条件对应的参数信息以及该SMF的标识信息,或者SMF的状态信息包括筛选条件的标识信息以及该SMF的标识信息,也就是,因为SMF发送给NRF的都是可用的SMF的信息,因此SMF发送给NRF的状态信息可以不包括用于指示该SMF在所述筛选条件下是否可用的指示信息,NRF只要接收了SMF的状态信息,就可以知道该SMF是在相应的筛选条件下的可用的SMF。如果SMF的状态信息包括用于指示SMF在筛选条件下是否可用的指示信息,则需要增加用于承载该指示信息的字段,而如果SMF的状态信息不包括用于指示SMF在筛选条件下是否可用的指示信息,也就不需要增加用于承载该指示信息的字段,有助于与现有的消息格式兼容。Or, as a special case, if the NRF only stores information of the available SMFs, and if subsequent SMFs become unavailable under the filtering conditions, the SMF sends a deletion instruction to the NRF, which is used to instruct the NRF to delete the filtering Information about the SMF under conditions. Then, the status information of the SMF may also include the parameter information corresponding to the screening condition and the identification information of the SMF, or the status information of the SMF includes the identification information of the screening condition and the identification information of the SMF, that is, because the SMF sends to the NRF all Is the available SMF information, so the status information sent by the SMF to the NRF may not include indication information indicating whether the SMF is available under the screening conditions. As long as the NRF receives the status information of the SMF, it can know that the SMF is Available SMFs under the appropriate screening conditions. If the state information of the SMF includes indication information indicating whether the SMF is available under the screening condition, a field for carrying the indication information needs to be added, and if the state information of the SMF does not include the indication of whether the SMF is available under the screening condition The instruction information does not need to be added with a field for carrying the instruction information, which helps to be compatible with the existing message format.
或者,作为另一种特例,如果NRF只存储不可用的SMF的信息,且如果后续SMF在筛选条件下变为可用时,SMF向NRF发送的也可以是删除指示,该删除指示用于指示NRF, 删除该筛选条件下的该SMF的信息。那么,SMF的状态信息也可以包括筛选条件对应的参数信息以及该SMF的标识信息,或者SMF的状态信息包括筛选条件的标识信息以及该SMF的标识信息,也就是,因为SMF发送给NRF的都是不可用的SMF的信息,因此SMF发送给NRF的状态信息可以不包括用于指示该SMF在所述筛选条件下是否可用的指示信息,NRF只要接收了SMF的状态信息,就可以知道该SMF是在相应的筛选条件下的不可用的SMF。如果SMF的状态信息包括用于指示SMF在筛选条件下是否可用的指示信息,则需要增加用于承载该指示信息的字段,而如果SMF的状态信息不包括用于指示SMF在筛选条件下是否可用的指示信息,也就不需要增加用于承载该指示信息的字段,有助于与现有的消息格式兼容。Or, as another special case, if the NRF only stores information of unavailable SMFs, and if subsequent SMFs become available under the filtering conditions, the SMF may also send a delete instruction to the NRF, and the delete instruction is used to indicate the NRF Delete the SMF information under the filter condition. Then, the status information of the SMF may also include the parameter information corresponding to the screening condition and the identification information of the SMF, or the status information of the SMF includes the identification information of the screening condition and the identification information of the SMF, that is, because the SMF sends to the NRF all Is the information of the unavailable SMF, so the status information sent by the SMF to the NRF may not include the indication information indicating whether the SMF is available under the screening conditions. As long as the NRF receives the status information of the SMF, it can know the SMF. Is an unavailable SMF under the corresponding filter condition. If the state information of the SMF includes indication information indicating whether the SMF is available under the screening condition, a field for carrying the indication information needs to be added, and if the state information of the SMF does not include the indication of whether the SMF is available under the screening condition The instruction information does not need to be added with a field for carrying the instruction information, which helps to be compatible with the existing message format.
但在后文的介绍中,主要以SMF的状态信息包括用于指示SMF在筛选条件下是否可用的指示信息为例。However, in the following description, the state information of the SMF mainly includes the indication information for indicating whether the SMF is available under the screening condition as an example.
例如,选择策略表如表3所示,SMF确定SMF在表3所示的选择策略表包括的第一种筛选条件下是可用状态,在表3所示的选择策略表包括的第二种筛选条件下是不可用状态,则可以在表3中再增加一列,用于存储SMF的状态,这个表格请参考表7,SMF就可以存储表7,表7就表示了SMF在哪些筛选条件下可用以及在哪些筛选条件下不可用。For example, the selection strategy table is shown in Table 3. The SMF determines that the SMF is available under the first screening condition included in the selection strategy table shown in Table 3. The second screening included in the selection strategy table shown in Table 3. If the condition is unavailable, you can add another column in Table 3 to store the status of the SMF. Please refer to Table 7 for this table. The SMF can store Table 7. Table 7 shows the conditions under which the SMF is available. And under which filters are not available.
表7Table 7
策略(Policy)IDPolicy ID 状态status 参数parameter
11 可用Available DNN:DNN_1,S-NSSAI:S-NSSAI_1DNN: DNN_1, S-NSSAI: S-NSSAI_1
22 不可用unavailable DNN:DNN_3DNN: DNN_3
表7的第二列表示SMF的状态。当然,这里的“可用”和“不可用”的表达方式只是示例,例如SMF也可以通过1个比特来表示SMF的状态,如果该比特取“1”则表示SMF为可用状态,该比特取“0”则表示SMF为不可用状态,本申请实施例不限制SMF的状态的表示方式。表7的第一行就可以视为SMF的一个第一状态信息,第二行可以视为SMF的一个第二状态信息,这里的第一状态信息和第二状态信息,都是以包括筛选条件对应的参数信息和筛选条件的标识信息为例,如果状态信息不包括筛选条件对应的参数信息,例如第一状态信息和第二状态信息包括的都是筛选条件对应的标识信息,那么表7中的第三列可以去掉。SMF如果是初次向NRF发送状态信息,可以只发送表7中的第一行的信息,SMF如果不是初次向NRF发送状态信息,则可以发送表7中的全部信息。The second column of Table 7 shows the status of the SMF. Of course, the expressions of "available" and "unavailable" here are just examples. For example, SMF can also indicate the status of SMF by 1 bit. If this bit is set to "1", it means that SMF is available. The bit is set to " “0” indicates that the SMF is in an unavailable state, and the embodiment of the present application does not limit the display manner of the SMF state. The first row of Table 7 can be regarded as a first state information of the SMF, and the second row can be regarded as a second state information of the SMF. Here, the first state information and the second state information are included to include the filtering conditions. The corresponding parameter information and the identification information of the filtering conditions are taken as an example. If the status information does not include the parameter information corresponding to the filtering conditions, for example, the first status information and the second status information include identification information corresponding to the filtering conditions, then Table 7 The third column can be removed. If the SMF sends status information to the NRF for the first time, it can send only the first line of information in Table 7. If the SMF does not send status information to the NRF for the first time, it can send all the information in Table 7.
或者例如,选择策略表如表4所示,SMF确定SMF在表4所示的选择策略表包括的第一种筛选条件下是可用状态,在表4所示的选择策略表包括的第二种筛选条件下是不可用状态,则可以在表4中再增加一列,用于存储SMF的状态,这个表格请参考表8,SMF就可以存储表8,表8就表示了SMF在哪些筛选条件下可用以及在哪些筛选条件下不可用。Or, for example, the selection strategy table is shown in Table 4. The SMF determines that the SMF is available under the first screening condition included in the selection strategy table shown in Table 4, and the second type included in the selection strategy table shown in Table 4. If the condition is unavailable under the filter conditions, you can add another column in Table 4 to store the status of the SMF. Please refer to Table 8 for this table. The SMF can store Table 8. Table 8 shows the conditions under which the SMF is filtered. Available and under what filters.
表8Table 8
状态status 筛选条件Filter by
可用Available DNN:DNN_1,S-NSSAI:S-NSSAI_1DNN: DNN_1, S-NSSAI: S-NSSAI_1
不可用unavailable DNN:DNN_3DNN: DNN_3
表8的第一列表示SMF的状态,另外表8是以SMF在表8的第一行表示的筛选条件为可用状态、SMF在表8的第二行表示的筛选条件为不可用状态为例,因此表8中,第一种筛选条件(表8的第一行)对应的SMF的状态为“可用”,第二种筛选条件(表8的第二行)对应的SMF的状态为“不可用”。表8的第一行就可以视为SMF的一个第一状态信息,第二行 可以视为SMF的一个第二状态信息,这里的第一状态信息和第二状态信息,都是以包括筛选条件对应的参数信息为例,如果状态信息包括的是筛选条件的标识信息,例如第一状态信息和第二状态信息包括的都是筛选条件对应的标识信息,那么表8中的第二列可以替换为筛选条件的标识信息,例如可以替换为表7的第一列。SMF如果是初次向NRF发送状态信息,可以只发送表8中的第一行的信息,SMF如果不是初次向NRF发送状态信息,则可以发送表8中的全部信息。The first column of Table 8 indicates the status of the SMF. In addition, Table 8 uses the filtering conditions indicated by the SMF in the first line of Table 8 as the available status and the filtering conditions indicated by the SMF on the second line of Table 8 as the unavailable status. Therefore, in Table 8, the status of the SMF corresponding to the first screening condition (the first row of Table 8) is "available", and the status of the SMF corresponding to the second screening condition (the second row of Table 8) is "Not Available" use". The first row of Table 8 can be regarded as a first state information of the SMF, and the second row can be regarded as a second state information of the SMF. Here, the first state information and the second state information are included to include filtering conditions. The corresponding parameter information is taken as an example. If the status information includes identification information of the filter condition, for example, the first status information and the second status information include identification information corresponding to the filter condition, then the second column in Table 8 can be replaced The identification information for the filter condition may be replaced with the first column of Table 7, for example. If the SMF sends status information to the NRF for the first time, it can send only the first line of information in Table 8. If the SMF does not send status information to the NRF for the first time, it can send all the information in Table 8.
或者,对于NRF只存储可用状态的SMF的信息的情况,如果SMF不是初次向NRF发送状态信息,那么,如果SMF确定没有符合筛选条件的UPF,则SMF也可以不必向NRF发送SMF的第二状态信息,而是可以向NRF发送删除指示,该删除指示用于指示NRF,从在筛选条件下可用的SMF的信息中删除该SMF的信息。例如,第一SMF初始时在第一筛选条件下有可用的UPF,则第一SMF在第一筛选条件下是可用状态,第一SMF将SMF在第一筛选条件下是可用状态的第一状态信息发送给了NRF,NRF进行了存储。例如NRF可以存储筛选条件与可用状态的SMF之间的对应关系,则NRF可以存储至少一种筛选条件,其中的每种筛选条件可以对应至少一个SMF的信息,每种筛选条件所对应的SMF,都是在该筛选条件下可用的SMF。那么,如果后续,第一SMF在第一筛选条件下没有了可用的UPF,则第一SMF在第一筛选条件下变为不可用状态,则第一SMF可以向NRF发送删除指示,用于指示NRF删除第一筛选条件对应的第一SMF的信息,则NRF接收该删除指示后,就可以在第一筛选条件对应的SMF的信息中删除第一SMF的信息,那么对于NRF来说,在第一筛选条件下,第一SMF就不再是可用状态的SMF。Or, for the case where the NRF only stores information of the available SMF, if the SMF does not send status information to the NRF for the first time, then if the SMF determines that there is no UPF that meets the screening conditions, the SMF may not have to send the second status of the SMF to the NRF Instead, it can send a delete indication to the NRF, the delete indication being used to instruct the NRF to delete the information of the SMF from the information of the SMFs available under the filtering conditions. For example, if the first SMF initially has a UPF available under the first screening condition, then the first SMF is available under the first screening condition, and the first SMF takes the SMF as the first state that is available under the first screening condition. The information is sent to the NRF, and the NRF is stored. For example, the NRF can store the correspondence between the screening conditions and the available SMFs. Then the NRF can store at least one screening condition, each of which can correspond to the information of at least one SMF, and the SMF corresponding to each screening condition. Both are SMFs available under this filter. Then, if, subsequently, the first SMF has no available UPF under the first screening condition, then the first SMF becomes unavailable under the first screening condition, the first SMF may send a delete instruction to the NRF for indicating The NRF deletes the information of the first SMF corresponding to the first screening condition, and after receiving the deletion instruction, the NRF can delete the information of the first SMF in the information of the SMF corresponding to the first screening condition. The first SMF is no longer available SMF as soon as it is filtered.
同理,对于NRF只存储不可用状态的SMF的信息的情况,如果SMF不是初次向NRF发送状态信息,那么,如果SMF确定有符合筛选条件的UPF,则SMF也可以不必向NRF发送SMF的第一状态信息,而是可以向NRF发送删除指示,该删除指示用于指示NRF,从在筛选条件下不可用的SMF的信息中删除该SMF的信息。Similarly, for the case where the NRF only stores the information of the SMF in the unavailable state, if the SMF does not send the state information to the NRF for the first time, then if the SMF determines that there is a UPF that meets the screening conditions, the SMF may not have to send the first It is a state information, but a deletion instruction may be sent to the NRF, and the deletion instruction is used to instruct the NRF to delete the information of the SMF from the information of the SMF that is not available under the screening condition.
前文介绍的是,NRF只存储处于可用状态的SMF的信息,在本申请实施例中,NRF还可能存储处于不可用状态的SMF的信息,也就是,NRF存储处于可用状态的SMF的信息以及处于不可用状态的SMF的信息,那么,无论SMF是初次向NRF发送SMF的状态信息,还是后续向NRF发送SMF的状态信息,SMF都可以将第一状态信息和第二状态信息发送给NRF,以便NRF存储。What was introduced above is that the NRF only stores the information of the SMF in the available state. In the embodiment of the present application, the NRF may also store the information of the SMF in the unavailable state, that is, the NRF stores the information of the SMF in the available state and the information of the SMF in the available state. Unavailable state SMF information. Then, no matter if the SMF sends the SMF state information to the NRF for the first time or the SMF state information to the NRF subsequently, the SMF can send the first state information and the second state information to the NRF, so that NRF storage.
另外,筛选条件可能是一种也可能是多种,如果筛选条件具体为第一筛选条件,那么SMF可以将SMF的状态信息发送给NRF,SMF的状态信息就表明SMF在第一筛选条件下是否可用。或者,筛选条件具体为第二筛选条件和第二筛选条件,那么可以认为SMF向NRF发送了SMF的一条状态信息,该状态信息表明SMF在第二筛选条件是否可用,以及表明SMF在第三筛选条件下是否可用;或者,也可以认为SMF向NRF发送了SMF的两条状态信息,其中的一条状态信息表明SMF在第二筛选条件是否可用,其中的另一条状态信息表明SMF在第三筛选条件下是否可用。当然,如果SMF向NRF发送的是SMF的第一状态信息,则方式也是类似的,不多赘述。In addition, there may be one or more screening conditions. If the screening condition is the first screening condition, the SMF can send the status information of the SMF to the NRF. The status information of the SMF indicates whether the SMF is in the first screening condition. Available. Alternatively, the screening condition is specifically the second screening condition and the second screening condition, then it can be considered that the SMF sends a status message of the SMF to the NRF, the status information indicates whether the SMF is available in the second screening condition, and indicates that the SMF is in the third screening condition. Whether it is available under certain conditions; or, it can also be considered that the SMF sends two status information of the SMF to the NRF, one of which indicates whether the SMF is available in the second screening condition, and the other status information indicates that the SMF is in the third screening condition Is available. Of course, if the SMF sends the first state information of the SMF to the NRF, the method is similar, and I will not go into details.
如前介绍的S701~S706,这几个步骤属于本申请实施例包括的状态同步过程,发生在创建PDU session之前或者发生在创建PDU session的流程中。下面再介绍S707~S708,这几个步骤属于本申请实施例包括的选择SMF的过程,发生在创建PDU session的流程中。As described in S701 to S706, these steps belong to the state synchronization process included in the embodiment of the present application, and occur before the PDU session is created or in the process of creating a PDU session. The following describes S707 to S708. These steps belong to the process of selecting an SMF included in the embodiment of the present application, and occur in the process of creating a PDU session.
S707、AMF向NRF发送请求消息,则NRF接收来自AMF的请求消息,该请求消息用 于请求获得满足第四筛选条件的SMF的信息。S707. The AMF sends a request message to the NRF, and the NRF receives a request message from the AMF, where the request message is used to request information of an SMF that meets a fourth screening condition.
例如,AMF可以调用NRF的Nnrf_NFDiscovery_Request服务方法查询满足第四筛选条件的SMF,也就是AMF可以调用NRF的Nnrf_NFDiscovery_Request服务方法向NRF发送请求消息。For example, the AMF can call the Nnrf_NFDiscovery_Request service method of the NRF to query the SMF that meets the fourth screening condition, that is, the AMF can call the Nnrf_NFDiscovery_Request service method of the NRF to send a request message to the NRF.
其中,AMF用来选择SMF的筛选条件,与SMF用来选择UPF的筛选条件,可以是同一概念,也就是如前文所介绍的,除了要在SMF中预先配置筛选条件之外,也要在AMF中预先配置筛选条件。或者也可以只在SMF中配置筛选条件,SMF将配置的筛选条件发送给AMF,或者可以只在AMF中配置筛选条件,AMF将配置的筛选条件发送给SMF。例如这里的第四筛选条件,可以是前文中所述的第一筛选条件,或者可以是前文中所述的第二筛选条件或第三筛选条件,或者也可以与前文中所述的第一筛选条件、第二筛选条件和第三筛选条件均不相同。Among them, the filtering conditions used by AMF to select SMF and the filtering conditions used by SMF to select UPF can be the same concept, that is, as described above, in addition to the pre-configured filtering conditions in SMF, it is also necessary to use AMF. Filter conditions are pre-configured in. Alternatively, the filtering conditions can be configured only in the SMF, and the SMF sends the configured filtering conditions to the AMF, or the filtering conditions can be configured only in the AMF, and the AMF sends the configured filtering conditions to the SMF. For example, the fourth screening condition here may be the first screening condition described above, or may be the second screening condition or the third screening condition described above, or may be the same as the first screening condition described above. The conditions, the second screening condition, and the third screening condition are all different.
AMF向NRF发送请求消息,该请求消息用于请求获得满足第四筛选条件的SMF的信息,这里的满足第四筛选条件的SMF,可以是指该SMF满足第四筛选条件;或者,满足第四筛选条件的SMF,也可以是指该SMF满足第四筛选条件,以及该SMF具有满足第四筛选条件的UPF。The AMF sends a request message to the NRF. The request message is used to request information about an SMF that meets the fourth screening condition. Here, the SMF that meets the fourth screening condition may mean that the SMF meets the fourth screening condition. The SMF of the screening condition may also mean that the SMF meets the fourth screening condition, and the SMF has a UPF that meets the fourth screening condition.
其中,AMF、SMF和NRF中存储的筛选条件的形式可以是相应的,例如,AMF、SMF和NRF中都存储的是筛选条件对应的参数信息,当然,AMF和SMF中存储的是筛选条件对应的参数信息,NRF中存储的是筛选条件对应的参数信息和SMF的状态信息之间的对应关系。再例如,AMF、SMF和NRF中都存储的是筛选条件的标识信息,当然,AMF和SMF中存储的是筛选条件对应的参数信息和筛选条件的标识信息之间的对应关系,NRF中存储的可以是筛选条件的标识信息和SMF的状态信息之间的对应关系,或者NRF中存储的可用是筛选条件的标识信息、筛选条件对应的参数信息以及SMF的状态信息这三者之间的对应关系。Among them, the form of the filtering conditions stored in AMF, SMF, and NRF may be corresponding. For example, the parameter information corresponding to the filtering conditions is stored in AMF, SMF, and NRF. Of course, the corresponding filtering conditions are stored in AMF and SMF. The parameter information stored in the NRF is the correspondence between the parameter information corresponding to the filtering conditions and the state information of the SMF. For another example, AMF, SMF, and NRF all store the identification information of the filter condition. Of course, AMF and SMF store the correspondence between the parameter information corresponding to the filter condition and the identification information of the filter condition. It can be the correspondence between the identification information of the screening condition and the status information of the SMF, or the correspondence between the identification information of the screening condition available in the NRF, the parameter information corresponding to the screening condition, and the status information of the SMF. .
如果NRF中存储的是筛选条件对应的参数信息和SMF的状态信息之间的对应关系,那么AMF所发送的请求消息可以携带第四筛选条件对应的参数信息,通过这种方式可以使得NRF直接明确AMF需要查询的条件。或者,如果NRF中存储的是筛选条件的标识信息和SMF的状态信息之间的对应关系,或存储的是筛选条件的标识信息、筛选条件对应的参数信息以及SMF的状态信息之间的对应关系,则AMF所发送的请求消息也可以携带第四筛选条件的标识信息,而无需携带第四筛选条件对应的参数信息,这样可以减少AMF和NRF之间交互的信息量,节省传输资源。If the correspondence between the parameter information corresponding to the filter condition and the status information of the SMF is stored in the NRF, the request message sent by the AMF can carry the parameter information corresponding to the fourth filter condition. In this way, the NRF can be directly clear. AMF needs query conditions. Or, if the correspondence between the identification information of the screening condition and the status information of the SMF is stored in the NRF, or the correspondence between the identification information of the screening condition, the parameter information corresponding to the screening condition and the status information of the SMF , The request message sent by the AMF can also carry the identification information of the fourth screening condition without carrying the parameter information corresponding to the fourth screening condition, which can reduce the amount of information exchanged between the AMF and the NRF, and save transmission resources.
NRF接收AMF发送的请求消息后,可以根据至少一个SMF的状态信息,确定是否有满足第四筛选条件的可用的SMF,其中,所述至少一个SMF的状态信息用于指示所述至少一个SMF在第四筛选条件下是否处于可用状态。After receiving the request message sent by the AMF, the NRF may determine whether there are available SMFs that satisfy the fourth screening condition according to the status information of at least one SMF, where the status information of the at least one SMF is used to indicate that the at least one SMF is in Whether it is available under the fourth screening condition.
NRF可能存储了至少一个SMF的状态信息,其中,至少一个SMF的状态信息可以是来自至少一个SMF的,关于NRF获得SMF的状态信息的方式,以及SMF的状态信息的内容等,均可参考前文的介绍。The NRF may store the status information of at least one SMF. Among them, the status information of the at least one SMF may be from at least one SMF. For the manner in which the NRF obtains the status information of the SMF, and the content of the status information of the SMF, please refer to the foregoing. Introduction.
在前文介绍了SMF的状态信息的不同的实现方式,具体到这里,如果SMF的状态信息采用隐式指示的方式,那么对于一个SMF来说,所述SMF的状态信息可以包括指示所述SMF为满足所述第四筛选条件的可用的SMF的信息,或指示所述SMF为满足所述第四筛选条件的不可用的SMF的信息;或者,如果SMF的状态信息采用显示指示的方式,那么对于一个SMF来说,所述SMF的状态信息可以包括指示所述SMF具有满足所述第四筛选条件的UPF 的信息,或指示所述SMF不具有满足所述第四筛选条件的UPF的信息。其中,“满足第四筛选条件的可用的SMF”,也可以理解为,在第四筛选条件下可用的SMF,这里的“可用”,就是指是否有满足第四筛选条件的UPF。具体的相关内容在前文已有介绍,不多赘述。In the foregoing, different implementations of the state information of the SMF are introduced. Specifically, if the state information of the SMF is implicitly indicated, then for an SMF, the state information of the SMF may include an indication that the SMF is Information of available SMFs that satisfy the fourth screening condition, or information that indicates that the SMF is an unavailable SMF that meets the fourth screening condition; or, if the status information of the SMF is displayed in an indication manner, then For an SMF, the state information of the SMF may include information indicating that the SMF has a UPF meeting the fourth screening condition, or information indicating that the SMF does not have a UPF meeting the fourth screening condition. The “available SMFs that satisfy the fourth screening condition” can also be understood as the SMFs that are available under the fourth screening condition. “Available” here refers to whether there is a UPF that meets the fourth screening condition. The specific related content has been introduced in the foregoing, so I won't go into details.
如果请求消息携带的是第四筛选条件对应的参数信息,则SMF在查询是否有满足第四筛选条件的可用的SMF时就根据第四筛选条件对应的参数信息进行查询,而如果请求消息携带的是第四筛选条件的标识信息,则SMF在查询是否有满足第四筛选条件的可用的SMF时就根据第四筛选条件的标识信息进行查询。If the request message carries parameter information corresponding to the fourth filtering condition, the SMF queries the parameter information corresponding to the fourth filtering condition when querying whether there are available SMFs that satisfy the fourth filtering condition, and if the request message carries the Is the identification information of the fourth filtering condition, the SMF performs an inquiry based on the identification information of the fourth filtering condition when inquiring whether there are available SMFs that satisfy the fourth filtering condition.
NRF所存储的SMF的状态信息,可能只包括SMF的第一状态信息,也可能包括SMF的第一状态信息和第二状态信息。The state information of the SMF stored by the NRF may include only the first state information of the SMF, and may also include the first state information and the second state information of the SMF.
如果NRF只存储了SMF的第一状态信息,那么NRF可以查询所存储的第四筛选条件对应的SMF的信息,只要是存储的第四筛选条件对应的SMF的信息,都是满足第四筛选条件的可用的SMF的信息,这里所述的满足第四筛选条件且可用,是指这些SMF满足第四筛选条件,且这些SMF在第四筛选条件下都有可用的UPF。可见,如果NRF只存储了SMF的第一状态信息,则NRF只需查询第四筛选条件下是否有对应的SMF的信息即可,方式较为简单。If the NRF only stores the first state information of the SMF, the NRF can query the information of the SMF corresponding to the stored fourth filtering condition. As long as the stored information of the SMF corresponding to the fourth filtering condition, the fourth filtering condition is satisfied. The information of the available SMFs, which meets the fourth screening condition and is available herein, means that these SMFs meet the fourth screening condition, and these SMFs all have UPFs available under the fourth screening condition. It can be seen that if the NRF only stores the first state information of the SMF, the NRF only needs to query whether there is corresponding SMF information under the fourth screening condition, and the method is relatively simple.
或者,如果NRF存储了SMF的第一状态信息和第二状态信息,那么在NRF所存储的第四筛选条件对应的SMF的信息中,就可能既包括可用的SMF的信息,也包括不可用的SMF的信息,那么NRF可以有两种处理方式:Or, if the NRF stores the first state information and the second state information of the SMF, the information of the SMF corresponding to the fourth filtering condition stored by the NRF may include both the information of the available SMFs and the unavailable ones. SMF information, then NRF can be processed in two ways:
第一种处理方式,NRF从存储的第四筛选条件对应的SMF的信息中筛选出可用的SMF的信息,这些SMF的信息对应的SMF,就是满足第四筛选条件的可用的SMF,当然前提是存储的第四筛选条件对应的SMF的信息中有可用的SMF的信息;In the first processing method, the NRF filters the available SMF information from the stored SMF information corresponding to the fourth screening condition. The SMF corresponding to the SMF information is the available SMF that meets the fourth screening condition. Of course, the premise is that The stored SMF information corresponding to the fourth screening condition includes available SMF information;
第二种处理方式,NRF确定存储的第四筛选条件对应的全部的SMF的信息,这些SMF的信息对应的SMF,可能包括满足第四筛选条件的可用的SMF,或者可能包括满足第四筛选条件的不可用的SMF,或者可能包括满足第四筛选条件的可用的SMF和满足第四筛选条件的不可用的SMF。In the second processing method, the NRF determines all the stored SMF information corresponding to the fourth screening condition. The SMF corresponding to the SMF information may include available SMFs that meet the fourth screening condition, or may include satisfying the fourth screening condition. Unavailable SMF, or may include available SMFs that meet the fourth screening condition and unavailable SMFs that meet the fourth screening condition.
S708、NRF向AMF发送筛选结果,则AMF接收筛选结果。S708. The NRF sends the screening result to the AMF, and the AMF receives the screening result.
例如,NRF可以调用NRF的Nnrf_NFDiscovery_Request response服务方法向AMF发送筛选结果。For example, the NRF can call the Nnrf_NFDiscovery_Request response service method of the NRF to send the screening results to the AMF.
其中,所述筛选结果指示是否有满足第四筛选条件的可用的SMF。The screening result indicates whether there are available SMFs that satisfy the fourth screening condition.
例如,NRF可以基于NRF的Nnrf_NFDiscovery_Request服务方法向AMF发送筛选结果。For example, the NRF may send a screening result to the AMF based on the Nnrf_NFDiscovery_Request service method of the NRF.
如果NRF只存储了SMF的第一状态信息,则NRF只需查询第四筛选条件下是否有对应的SMF的信息,例如第四筛选条件下有对应的K个SMF的信息,则NRF可以将K个SMF的信息作为筛选结果发送给AMF,这K个SMF就是满足第四筛选条件的可用的SMF,K为正整数。或者,如果第四筛选条件下没有对应的SMF的信息,就表明没有满足第四筛选条件的可用的SMF,那么NRF可以向AMF发送失败指示,此时的筛选结果就是该失败指示,该失败指示可以表示没有满足第四筛选条件的可用的SMF。例如,NRF可以通过发送消息的方式向AMF发送筛选结果,那么失败指示的一种实现方式是内容为空的消息,如果NRF向AMF发送的消息为空,就表明没有满足第四筛选条件的可用的SMF;或者,失败指示的另一种实现方式是具体的指示码,例如为失败码(failure code),如果NRF向AMF发送的消息携带指示码,就表明没有满足第四筛选条件的可用的SMF,本申请实施例不限制失败指示的实现方 式。当然,如果有K个满足第四筛选条件的可用的SMF,NRF就可以将K个SMF的信息携带在该消息中发送给SMF。If the NRF only stores the first state information of the SMF, the NRF only needs to query whether there is corresponding SMF information under the fourth screening condition, for example, there are corresponding K SMF information under the fourth screening condition, then the NRF can set K The information of the SMFs is sent to the AMF as a screening result. The K SMFs are available SMFs that satisfy the fourth screening condition, and K is a positive integer. Alternatively, if there is no corresponding SMF information under the fourth screening condition, it indicates that there is no available SMF that meets the fourth screening condition, then the NRF can send a failure indication to the AMF, and the screening result at this time is the failure indication and the failure indication. It may indicate that no available SMF satisfies the fourth screening condition. For example, the NRF can send a screening result to the AMF by sending a message. One implementation of the failure indication is a message with empty content. If the message sent by the NRF to the AMF is empty, it indicates that the fourth filtering condition is not available. Or, another implementation of the failure indication is a specific indicator code, such as a failure code. If the message sent by the NRF to the AMF carries the indicator code, it indicates that the fourth filter condition is not available. SMF, the embodiment of the present application does not limit the implementation manner of the failure indication. Of course, if there are K available SMFs that satisfy the fourth screening condition, the NRF can carry the information of the K SMFs in the message and send it to the SMF.
在一种实现方式中,如果NRF存储了SMF的第一状态信息和第二状态信息,且NRF采用S605中所介绍的第一种处理方式,那么,如果NRF查询确定存储的第四筛选条件对应的SMF的信息中有可用的SMF的信息,则NRF可以将K个SMF的信息作为筛选结果发送给AMF,这K个SMF就是满足第四筛选条件的可用的SMF。或者,如果第四筛选条件下没有对应的SMF的信息,就表明没有满足第四筛选条件的可用的SMF,那么NRF也可以向AMF发送失败指示,关于失败指示的介绍可参考上一段的内容。In an implementation manner, if the NRF stores the first state information and the second state information of the SMF, and the NRF adopts the first processing method introduced in S605, then if the NRF query determines that the stored fourth filtering condition corresponds to The SMF information includes the available SMF information, and the NRF can send the information of the K SMFs as the screening result to the AMF, and these K SMFs are the available SMFs that satisfy the fourth screening condition. Alternatively, if there is no corresponding SMF information under the fourth screening condition, it indicates that there is no available SMF that meets the fourth screening condition, then the NRF can also send a failure indication to the AMF. For the introduction of the failure indication, refer to the content of the previous paragraph.
在另一种实现方式中,如果NRF存储了SMF的第一状态信息和第二状态信息,且NRF采用S707中所介绍的第二种处理方式,那么,NRF查询存储的第四筛选条件对应的全部的SMF的信息,只要第四筛选条件对应有SMF的信息,NRF就可以将这些SMF的信息发送给AMF,当然,NRF可以将这些SMF的状态信息发送给AMF,这些SMF可能都是在第四筛选条件下可用的SMF,或者可能都是在第四筛选条件下不可用的SMF,或者可能既包括在第四筛选条件下可用的SMF又包括在第四筛选条件下不可用的SMF,总之NRF可以无需筛选,直接发送给AMF,可以由AMF进行筛选。也就是,AMF可以根据接收的SMF的状态信息来从中确定是否有满足第四筛选条件的可用的SMF。而如果NRF查询确定第四筛选条件没有对应的SMF的信息,则NRF也可以向AMF发送失败指示,关于失败指示的介绍可继续参考前文。In another implementation, if the NRF stores the first state information and the second state information of the SMF, and the NRF adopts the second processing method introduced in S707, then the fourth filtering condition stored by the NRF query corresponds to For all the SMF information, as long as the fourth filter condition corresponds to the SMF information, the NRF can send the information of these SMFs to the AMF. Of course, the NRF can send the status information of these SMFs to the AMF. The SMFs available under the four screening conditions may either be SMFs that are not available under the fourth screening condition, or may include both SMFs that are available under the fourth screening condition and SMFs that are not available under the fourth screening condition, in short The NRF can be sent directly to the AMF without screening, which can be screened by the AMF. That is, the AMF may determine whether there is an available SMF that satisfies the fourth screening condition from the received SMF status information. If the NRF query determines that there is no corresponding SMF information in the fourth screening condition, the NRF can also send a failure indication to the AMF. For the introduction of the failure indication, please refer to the foregoing.
例如,AMF可以根据接收的来自NRF的SMF的状态信息确定这些SMF的状态,如果确定这些SMF均为在第四筛选条件下可用的SMF,则AMF可以选择这些SMF中的全部SMF或者部分SMF;或者,如果确定这些SMF中的部分SMF为在第四筛选条件下可用的SMF,剩余的部分SMF为在第四筛选条件下不可用的SMF,则AMF可以选择在第四筛选条件下可用的SMF中的全部SMF或者部分SMF;或者,如果确定这些SMF均为在第四筛选条件下不可用的SMF,则AMF确定没有满足第四筛选条件的可用的SMF。For example, the AMF may determine the status of the SMFs based on the received status information of the SMFs from the NRF. If it is determined that these SMFs are all SMFs available under the fourth screening condition, the AMF may select all or some of the SMFs in the SMFs; Alternatively, if it is determined that some of the SMFs are SMFs available under the fourth screening condition, and the remaining part of SMFs are SMFs that are not available under the fourth screening condition, the AMF may select the SMFs available under the fourth screening condition All or some of the SMFs in the SMF; or, if it is determined that these SMFs are all SMFs that are not available under the fourth screening condition, the AMF determines that there are no available SMFs that satisfy the fourth screening condition.
其中,NRF发送给AMF的K个SMF的信息,可以是K个SMF的FQDN或IP地址,当然也可以是SMF的其他的信息。The information of the K SMFs sent by the NRF to the AMF may be the FQDN or IP address of the K SMFs, and of course, it may also be other information of the SMFs.
通过本申请实施例所提供的技术方案,AMF所获得的SMF的信息,可用是在AMF所请求的筛选条件下的可用的SMF的信息,从而AMF选择这样的SMF,在SMF选择UPF时也就能选择到可用的UPF,尽量避免SMF选择不到可用的UPF的情况,减少了AMF重选SMF的几率,减小了创建PDU session过程的时延,提高了选择SMF的效率,也减少了激活失败的几率。Through the technical solution provided by the embodiment of the present application, the information of the SMF obtained by the AMF can be the information of the available SMFs under the filtering conditions requested by the AMF, so that the AMF selects such SMFs, and when the SMF selects the UPF, Can choose the available UPF, try to avoid the situation that the SMF cannot select the available UPF, reduce the chance of the AMF reselecting the SMF, reduce the delay of the PDU session creation process, improve the efficiency of the SMF selection, and reduce the activation Odds of failure.
为了解决同样的技术问题,请再参考图8,本申请实施例还提供一种选择会话管理功能网元的方法,在下文的介绍过程中,以该方法应用在图2、图3或图4所示的场景为例,该方法可由图1所示的实施例提供的选择会话管理功能网元的系统100包括的会话管理功能网元101和网络功能存储库功能网元102执行,也就是下文中所述的SMF和NRF,当然在该方法的实施过程中,还涉及到移动性管理功能网元和用户面功能网元,也就是下文中所述的AMF和UPF。另外本申请实施例大概会包括两个过程,第一个过程例如称为状态同步过程,可能发生在创建PDU session之前,也可能发生在创建PDU session的流程中,第二个过程例如称为选择SMF的过程,可能发生在创建PDU session的流程中。In order to solve the same technical problem, please refer to FIG. 8 again. This embodiment of the present application also provides a method for selecting a session management function network element. In the following description, this method is applied to FIG. 2, FIG. 3, or FIG. 4. The scenario shown is an example, and the method may be executed by the session management function network element 101 and the network function repository function network element 102 included in the system 100 for selecting a session management function network provided by the embodiment shown in FIG. The SMF and NRF described in the text, of course, also involve the mobility management function network element and the user plane function network element in the implementation process of the method, that is, the AMF and UPF described below. In addition, the embodiment of this application may include two processes. The first process, for example, is called a state synchronization process, which may occur before the PDU session is created, or it may occur in the process of creating a PDU session. The second process, for example, is called selection. The SMF process may occur during the process of creating a PDU session.
S801、为SMF和AMF配置选择策略表。S801. Configure a selection policy table for SMF and AMF.
关于对S801的介绍,可参考图7所示的实施例中对于S701的介绍,内容相同,不多赘述。Regarding the introduction of S801, reference may be made to the introduction of S701 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 7. The content is the same, and details are not described repeatedly.
S802、SMF向NRF发送订阅请求,则NRF接收订阅请求,订阅请求携带订阅参数,订阅参数就是SMF感兴趣的UPF的信息,也就是SMF需要订阅的UPF的信息。订阅参数例如包括DNN、S-NSSAI和SMF区域标识等。S802. The SMF sends a subscription request to the NRF, and the NRF receives the subscription request. The subscription request carries subscription parameters. The subscription parameters are information about the UPF that the SMF is interested in, that is, information about the UPF that the SMF needs to subscribe to. The subscription parameters include, for example, DNN, S-NSSAI, and SMF area identification.
例如,SMF可以调用NRF的Nnrf_NFManagement_NFStatusSubscribe服务方法向NRF发起订阅,也就是调用NRF的Nnrf_NFManagement_NFStatusSubscribe服务方法向NRF发送订阅请求。For example, the SMF can call the Nnrf_NFManagement_NFStatusSubscribe service method of the NRF to initiate a subscription to the NRF, that is, call the Nnrf_NFManagement_NFStatusSubscribe service method of the NRF to send a subscription request to the NRF.
S803、NRF向SMF发送通知消息,则SMF接收通知消息,该通知消息携带当前符合订阅参数的UPF的信息。在图8中,将S803中的通知消息称为第一通知消息。S803. The NRF sends a notification message to the SMF, and the SMF receives the notification message, and the notification message carries information about the UPF that currently meets the subscription parameters. In FIG. 8, the notification message in S803 is referred to as a first notification message.
例如,NRF可以调用Nnrf_NFManagement_NFStatusNotify服务方法向SMF发送第一通知消息。For example, the NRF may call the Nnrf_NFManagement_NFStatusNotify service method to send a first notification message to the SMF.
例如,第一通知消息携带的UPF的信息可以是UPF的N4接口的FQDN或IP地址。For example, the UPF information carried in the first notification message may be the FQDN or IP address of the N4 interface of the UPF.
其中,如果当前没有符合订阅参数的UPF,则NRF也可以不必执行S803,或者,NRF执行S803,但是在S803中,NRF发送给SMF的第一通知消息携带的不是符合订阅参数的UPF的信息,而是携带通知信息,该通知信息用于通知SMF,当前没有符合订阅参数的UPF。Among them, if there is currently no UPF that meets the subscription parameters, the NRF may not need to perform S803, or the NRF executes S803, but in S803, the first notification message sent by the NRF to the SMF does not carry UPF information that meets the subscription parameters. Instead, it carries notification information, which is used to notify the SMF that there is currently no UPF that meets the subscription parameters.
UPF向NRF发送UPF的信息的过程,包括如下的S804~S806,其中,如下的S804~S806,也可以理解为介绍的是一个新的UPF部署到系统之后发生的流程:The process by which the UPF sends UPF information to the NRF includes the following S804-S806. Among them, the following S804-S806 can also be understood as introducing the process that occurs after a new UPF is deployed to the system:
S804、一个新的UPF部署到系统,并完成配置。S804. A new UPF is deployed to the system and the configuration is completed.
OAM系统可以在该UPF上配置NRF的标识信息,以及为该UPF配置属性信息。也就是配置UPF的信息。The OAM system can configure the identification information of the NRF on the UPF and the attribute information for the UPF. That is, the information for configuring the UPF.
S805、该UPF向NRF发送请求消息,例如称为第三请求消息,则NRF接收第三请求消息,第三请求消息携带该UPF的NF类型、FQDN或N4接口的IP地址,以及OAM为该UPF配置的属性信息。S805. The UPF sends a request message to the NRF, such as a third request message. The NRF receives the third request message, and the third request message carries the NF type of the UPF, the FQDN or the IP address of the N4 interface, and the OAM is the UPF. Configured attribute information.
例如,该UPF可以调用NRF的Nnrf_NFManagement_NFRegister服务方法向NRF注册,也就是调用NRF的Nnrf_NFManagement_NFRegister服务方法向NRF发送第三请求消息。For example, the UPF can call the NRF's Nnrf_NFManagement_NFRegister service method to register with the NRF, that is, call the NRF's Nnrf_NFManagement_NFRegister service method to send a third request message to the NRF.
S806、由于S802的订阅操作,则,如果该UPF的信息符合SMF的订阅参数,也就是该UPF符合SMF的订阅请求,则NRF可以向SMF发送通知消息,则SMF接收通知消息,该通知消息携带该UPF的信息。例如,通知消息携带的该UPF的信息可以是该UPF的N4接口的FQDN或IP地址。在图8中,S806中的通知消息称为第二通知消息。S806. Due to the subscription operation of S802, if the information of the UPF meets the subscription parameters of the SMF, that is, the UPF complies with the subscription request of the SMF, the NRF can send a notification message to the SMF, and the SMF receives the notification message, and the notification message carries The UPF information. For example, the UPF information carried in the notification message may be the FQDN or IP address of the N4 interface of the UPF. In FIG. 8, the notification message in S806 is referred to as a second notification message.
例如,NRF可以调用Nnrf_NFManagement_NFStatusNotify服务方法向SMF发送第二通知消息。For example, the NRF may call the Nnrf_NFManagement_NFStatusNotify service method to send a second notification message to the SMF.
当然,如果该UPF的信息不符合SMF的订阅参数,也就是该UPF不符合SMF的订阅请求,则NRF无需执行S806。Of course, if the information of the UPF does not meet the subscription parameters of the SMF, that is, the UPF does not meet the subscription request of the SMF, the NRF need not perform S806.
S807、SMF将UPF的信息归类保存到UPF状态参数表中。S807. The SMF classifies the information of the UPF into the UPF status parameter table.
关于对S807的介绍,可参考图7所示的实施例中对于S704的介绍,内容相同,不多赘述。Regarding the introduction to S807, reference may be made to the introduction to S704 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 7. The content is the same, and details are not described repeatedly.
S808、SMF决策,在筛选条件下SMF是否可用。S808. The SMF decides whether SMF is available under the screening conditions.
关于对S808的介绍,可参考图7所示的实施例中对于S705的介绍,内容相同,不多赘述。Regarding the introduction to S808, reference may be made to the introduction to S705 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 7. The content is the same, and details are not repeatedly described.
S809、SMF向NRF发送SMF的第一状态信息,则NRF接收来自SMF的SMF的第一状态信息,SMF的第一状态信息用于指示SMF在所述筛选条件下可用,所述第一状态信息用于选择SMF。S809. The SMF sends the first state information of the SMF to the NRF, and the NRF receives the first state information of the SMF from the SMF. The first state information of the SMF is used to indicate that the SMF is available under the screening condition. The first state information Used to select SMF.
例如,SMF可以调用NRF的Nnrf_NFManagement_NFUpdate服务方法向NRF发送SMF的第一状态信息。For example, the SMF may call the Nnrf_NFManagement_NFUpdate service method of the NRF to send the first state information of the SMF to the NRF.
关于对S809的介绍,可参考图7所示的实施例中对于S706的介绍,内容相同,不多赘述。Regarding the introduction of S809, reference may be made to the introduction of S706 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 7. The content is the same, and details are not described repeatedly.
如前介绍的S801~S809,这几个步骤属于本申请实施例包括的状态同步过程,发生在创建PDU session之前或创建PDU session的流程中,下面再介绍S810~S811,这几个步骤属于本申请实施例包括的选择SMF的过程,发生在创建PDU session的流程中。As described in S801 to S809, these steps belong to the state synchronization process included in the embodiment of the present application. They occur before or during the process of creating a PDU session. The following describes S810 to S811. These steps belong to this step. The process of selecting an SMF included in the application embodiment occurs in the process of creating a PDU session.
S810、AMF向NRF发送请求消息,则NRF接收来自AMF的请求消息,该请求消息用于请求获得满足第四筛选条件的SMF的信息。在图8中,S810的请求消息例如称为第四请求消息。S810. The AMF sends a request message to the NRF, and the NRF receives a request message from the AMF, and the request message is used to request information about an SMF that meets a fourth screening condition. In FIG. 8, the request message of S810 is referred to as a fourth request message, for example.
例如,AMF可以调用NRF的Nnrf_NFDiscovery_Request服务方法查询满足第四筛选条件的SMF,也就是AMF可以调用NRF的Nnrf_NFDiscovery_Request服务方法向NRF发送第四请求消息。For example, the AMF can call the Nnrf_NFDiscovery_Request service method of the NRF to query the SMF that meets the fourth filtering condition, that is, the AMF can call the Nnrf_NFDiscovery_Request service method of the NRF to send a fourth request message to the NRF.
关于对S810的介绍,可参考图7所示的实施例中对于S707的介绍,内容相同,不多赘述。Regarding the introduction to S810, reference may be made to the introduction to S707 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 7. The content is the same, and details are not described repeatedly.
S811、NRF向AMF发送筛选结果,则AMF接收筛选结果。S811. The NRF sends the screening result to the AMF, and the AMF receives the screening result.
例如,NRF可以调用NRF的Nnrf_NFDiscovery_Request response服务方法向AMF发送筛选结果。For example, the NRF can call the Nnrf_NFDiscovery_Request response service method of the NRF to send the screening results to the AMF.
关于对S811的介绍,可参考图7所示的实施例中对于S708的介绍,内容相同,不多赘述。Regarding the introduction to S811, reference may be made to the introduction to S708 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 7. The content is the same, and details are not repeated.
在本申请实施例中,SMF可以通过向NRF进行订阅的方式获得UPF的信息,SMF只需进行一次订阅操作,后续就可以直接获得UPF的信息,无需SMF发送过多的信息,而且也减少了SMF与UPF之间的交互过程。In the embodiment of the present application, the SMF can obtain the UPF information by subscribing to the NRF. The SMF only needs to perform a subscription operation, and the subsequent information can be obtained directly from the UPF. The SMF does not need to send too much information, and it also reduces The interaction process between SMF and UPF.
在图7所示的实施例和图8所示的实施例中,都是由SMF来设置SMF的状态,并将SMF的状态信息发送给NRF,在AMF向NRF请求时,NRF直接根据存储的SMF的状态信息确定是否有满足AMF所请求的筛选条件的可用的SMF即可。而除了这种方式之外,还可以由NRF来确定SMF的状态,也就是,SMF无需设置SMF的状态,NRF可以在接收AMF的请求后自行确定SMF的状态。In the embodiment shown in FIG. 7 and the embodiment shown in FIG. 8, the state of the SMF is set by the SMF, and the state information of the SMF is sent to the NRF. When the AMF requests the NRF, the NRF directly The state information of the SMF determines whether there are available SMFs that satisfy the filtering conditions requested by the AMF. In addition to this method, the state of the SMF can also be determined by the NRF, that is, the SMF does not need to set the state of the SMF, and the NRF can determine the state of the SMF by itself after receiving the request from the AMF.
鉴于此,可参考图9,本申请实施例还提供一种选择会话管理功能网元的方法,在下文的介绍过程中,继续以该方法应用在图2、图3或图4所示的场景为例,该方法可由图1所示的实施例提供的选择会话管理功能网元的系统100包括的会话管理功能网元101和网络功能存储库功能网元102执行,也就是下文中所述的SMF和NRF,当然在该方法的实施过程中,还涉及到移动性管理功能网元和用户面功能网元,也就是下文中所述的AMF和UPF。另外本申请实施例同样大概会包括两个过程,其中S901~S904属于第一个过程,第一个过程例如又称为信息获取过程,可能发生在创建PDU session之前,也可能发生在创建PDU session的流程中,S905及之后的步骤属于第二个过程,第一个过程例如又称为选择SMF的过程,可能发生在创建PDU session的流程中。In view of this, reference may be made to FIG. 9, an embodiment of the present application further provides a method for selecting a network element of a session management function. In the following introduction process, the method is continuously applied to the scenarios shown in FIG. 2, FIG. 3, or FIG. 4. For example, the method may be executed by the session management function network element 101 and the network function repository function network element 102 included in the system 100 for selecting a session management function network provided by the embodiment shown in FIG. 1, which is described below. SMF and NRF, of course, in the implementation process of this method, also involve mobility management function network elements and user plane function network elements, that is, AMF and UPF described below. In addition, the embodiment of the present application may also include two processes. Among them, S901 to S904 belong to the first process. The first process, for example, is also called the information acquisition process, which may occur before the PDU session is created, or it may occur during the PDU session creation. In the process, S905 and subsequent steps belong to the second process. The first process, such as the process of selecting SMF, may occur in the process of creating a PDU session.
S901、为SMF和AMF配置选择策略表。S901. Configure a selection policy table for SMF and AMF.
关于对S901的介绍,可参考图7所示的实施例中对于S701的介绍,或参考图8所示的实施例中对于S801的介绍,内容相同,不多赘述。Regarding the introduction of S901, reference may be made to the introduction of S701 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 7 or the introduction of S801 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 8. The content is the same and will not be described repeatedly.
S902、一个新的UPF部署到系统,并完成配置。S902. A new UPF is deployed to the system and the configuration is completed.
OAM系统可以在该UPF上配置NRF的标识信息,以及为该UPF配置属性信息。也就是配置UPF的信息。The OAM system can configure the identification information of the NRF on the UPF and the attribute information for the UPF. That is, the information for configuring the UPF.
S903、该UPF向NRF发送请求消息,例如称为第三请求消息,则NRF接收第三请求消息,第三请求消息携带该UPF的NF类型、FQDN或N4接口的IP地址,以及OAM为该UPF配置的属性信息。S903. The UPF sends a request message to the NRF, such as a third request message. The NRF receives the third request message. The third request message carries the NF type of the UPF, the FQDN or the IP address of the N4 interface, and the OAM is the UPF. Configured attribute information.
关于对S903的介绍,可参考图8所示的实施例中对于S805的介绍,内容相同,不多赘述。Regarding the introduction of S903, reference may be made to the introduction of S805 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 8. The content is the same, and details are not described repeatedly.
S904、AMF向NRF发送请求消息,则NRF接收来自AMF的请求消息,该请求消息用于请求获得满足第四筛选条件的SMF的信息。在图9中,该请求消息例如称为第四请求消息。S904. The AMF sends a request message to the NRF, and the NRF receives a request message from the AMF, where the request message is used to request information about an SMF that meets a fourth screening condition. In FIG. 9, this request message is referred to as a fourth request message, for example.
例如,AMF可以调用NRF的Nnrf_NFDiscovery_Request服务方法查询满足第四筛选条件的SMF,也就是AMF可以调用NRF的Nnrf_NFDiscovery_Request服务方法向NRF发送请求消息。For example, the AMF can call the Nnrf_NFDiscovery_Request service method of the NRF to query the SMF that meets the fourth screening condition, that is, the AMF can call the Nnrf_NFDiscovery_Request service method of the NRF to send a request message to the NRF.
关于对S904的介绍,可参考图7所示的实施例中对于S707的介绍,或参考图8所示的实施例中对S810的介绍,内容相同,不多赘述。Regarding the introduction of S904, reference may be made to the introduction of S707 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 7 or the introduction of S810 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 8. The content is the same, and details are not repeated.
S905、NRF确定是否有满足第四筛选条件的可用的SMF。S905. The NRF determines whether there are available SMFs that meet the fourth screening condition.
NRF可以根据第四筛选条件进行查询,以确定是否有满足第四筛选条件的SMF,如果有满足第四筛选条件的SMF,则NRF再确定这些满足第四筛选条件的SMF是否是在第四筛选条件下可用的SMF,也就是,分别确定这些SMF在第四筛选条件下是否有可用的UPF,或者说,分别确定与这些SMF关联的UPF中,是否有满足第四筛选条件的UPF,如果与SMF关联的UPF中有满足第四筛选条件的UPF,则这样的SMF就是满足第四筛选条件的可用的SMF。The NRF can query according to the fourth screening condition to determine whether there are SMFs that meet the fourth screening condition. If there are SMFs that meet the fourth screening condition, the NRF then determines whether these SMFs that meet the fourth screening condition are in the fourth screening. SMFs that can be used under conditions, that is, determine whether these SMFs have UPFs available under the fourth screening condition, or determine whether there are UPFs that meet the fourth screening condition among the UPFs associated with these SMFs. The UPF associated with the SMF includes a UPF that satisfies the fourth screening condition. Such an SMF is an available SMF that satisfies the fourth screening condition.
S906、NRF向AMF发送筛选结果,则AMF接收筛选结果。S906. The NRF sends the screening result to the AMF, and the AMF receives the screening result.
例如,NRF可以调用NRF的Nnrf_NFDiscovery_Request response服务方法向AMF发送筛选结果。For example, the NRF can call the Nnrf_NFDiscovery_Request response service method of the NRF to send the screening results to the AMF.
如果NRF确定有满足第四筛选条件的可用的SMF,则NRF可以将这些SMF的信息作为筛选结果发送给AMF,例如,NRF可以将这些SMF的FQDN或IP地址作为筛选结果发送给AMF,当然也可以是SMF的其他的信息作为筛选结果发送给AMF。或者,如果NRF确定没有第四筛选条件的可用的SMF,则NRF可以向AMF发送失败指示,该失败指示可用于指示没有第四筛选条件的可用的SMF,关于失败指示可参考图7所示的实施例中S708的相关介绍,不多赘述。If the NRF determines that there are available SMFs that meet the fourth screening condition, the NRF can send the information of these SMFs to the AMF as the screening result. For example, the NRF can send the FQDN or IP address of these SMFs to the AMF as the screening result, of course. Other information that can be SMF is sent to the AMF as a screening result. Alternatively, if the NRF determines that there are no available SMFs for the fourth screening condition, the NRF may send a failure indication to the AMF. The failure indication may be used to indicate that no SMF is available for the fourth screening condition. For the failure indication, refer to FIG. 7. The related description of S708 in the embodiment is not repeated here.
在本申请实施例中,可以由NRF来挑选满足筛选条件的且可用的SMF,无需SMF设置SMF的状态,减轻了SMF的负担。In the embodiment of the present application, the SMF that satisfies the screening condition and can be selected can be selected by the NRF. The SMF is not required to set the state of the SMF, which reduces the burden of the SMF.
上述主要从各个网元之间交互的角度对本申请实施例提供的方案进行了介绍。可以理解的是,上述实现各网元为了实现上述功能,其包含了执行各个功能相应的硬件结构和/或软件模块。本领域技术人员应该很容易意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,本申请实施例能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件的结合形式来实现。某个功能究 竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请实施例的范围。The above mainly introduces the solution provided by the embodiment of the present application from the perspective of interaction between various network elements. It can be understood that, in order to implement the functions described above, each network element that implements the foregoing includes a hardware structure and / or a software module corresponding to each function. Those skilled in the art should easily realize that, in combination with the units and algorithm steps of each example described in the embodiments disclosed herein, the embodiments of the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a function is executed by hardware or computer software-driven hardware depends on the specific application of the technical solution and design constraints. Professional technicians can use different methods to implement the described functions for each specific application, but such implementation should not be considered to be beyond the scope of the embodiments of the present application.
基于相同的发明构思,如图10所示,为本申请提供的一种装置示意图,该装置可以是会话管理功能网元101、移动性管理功能网元、网络功能存储库功能网元102或芯片,可执行上述任一实施例的方法。当该装置是会话管理功能网元101或芯片时,该装置1000可用于执行图7~图9中的任意一个附图所示的实施例中由SMF执行的操作。当该装置是移动性管理功能网元或芯片时,该装置1000可用于执行图7~图9中的任意一个附图所示的实施例中由AMF执行的操作。当该装置是网络功能存储库功能网元102或芯片时,该装置1000可用于执行图7~图9中的任意一个附图所示的实施例中由NRF执行的操作。Based on the same inventive concept, as shown in FIG. 10, a schematic diagram of a device provided by the present application may be used. The device may be a session management function network element 101, a mobility management function network element, a network function repository function network element 102, or a chip. , The method of any of the above embodiments can be performed. When the device is a session management function network element 101 or a chip, the device 1000 may be configured to perform an operation performed by the SMF in the embodiment shown in any one of FIGS. 7 to 9. When the device is a mobility management function network element or chip, the device 1000 may be configured to perform an operation performed by the AMF in the embodiment shown in any one of the drawings in FIG. 7 to FIG. 9. When the device is a network function repository function network element 102 or a chip, the device 1000 may be configured to perform an operation performed by the NRF in the embodiment shown in any one of FIGS. 7 to 9.
该装置1000包括至少一个处理器1001,通信线路1002,存储器1003以及至少一个通信接口1004。The device 1000 includes at least one processor 1001, a communication line 1002, a memory 1003, and at least one communication interface 1004.
处理器1001可以是一个通用中央处理器(central processing unit,CPU),微处理器,特定应用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC),或一个或多个用于控制本申请方案程序执行的集成电路。The processor 1001 may be a general-purpose central processing unit (CPU), a microprocessor, an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or one or more integrations for controlling the execution of the program of the solution of the present application. Circuit.
通信线路1002可包括一通路,在上述组件之间传送信息。The communication line 1002 may include a path for transmitting information between the aforementioned components.
通信接口1004,使用任何收发器一类的装置,用于与其他设备或通信网络通信,如以太网,无线接入网(radio access network,RAN),无线局域网(wireless local area networks,WLAN),有线接入网等。The communication interface 1004 uses any device such as a transceiver to communicate with other devices or communication networks, such as Ethernet, radio access network (RAN), wireless local area networks (WLAN), Wired access network, etc.
存储器1003可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)或可存储静态信息和指令的其他类型的静态存储设备,随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)或者可存储信息和指令的其他类型的动态存储设备,也可以是电可擦可编程只读存储器(electrically erasable programmable read-only memory,EEPROM)、只读光盘(compact disc read-only memory,CD-ROM)或其他光盘存储、光碟存储(包括压缩光碟、激光碟、光碟、数字通用光碟、蓝光光碟等)、磁盘存储介质或者其他磁存储设备、或者能够用于携带或存储具有指令或数据结构形式的期望的程序代码并能够由计算机存取的任何其他介质,但不限于此。存储器可以是独立存在,通过通信线路1002与处理器相连接。存储器也可以和处理器集成在一起。The memory 1003 may be a read-only memory (ROM) or other types of static storage devices that can store static information and instructions, a random access memory (random access memory, RAM), or other types that can store information and instructions The dynamic storage device can also be electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM-ready-only memory (EEPROM)), compact disc (read-only memory (CD-ROM)) or other optical disk storage, optical disk storage (Including compact discs, laser discs, optical discs, digital versatile discs, Blu-ray discs, etc.), magnetic disk storage media or other magnetic storage devices, or can be used to carry or store desired program code in the form of instructions or data structures and can be used by a computer Any other media accessed, but not limited to this. The memory may exist independently, and is connected to the processor through the communication line 1002. The memory can also be integrated with the processor.
其中,存储器1003用于存储执行本申请方案的计算机执行指令,并由处理器1001来控制执行。处理器1001用于执行存储器1003中存储的计算机执行指令,从而实现本申请上述实施例提供的选择会话管理功能网元的方法。The memory 1003 is configured to store a computer execution instruction for executing the solution of the present application, and the processor 1001 controls the execution. The processor 1001 is configured to execute computer execution instructions stored in the memory 1003, so as to implement the method for selecting a session management function network element provided by the foregoing embodiment of the present application.
可选的,本申请实施例中的计算机执行指令也可以称之为应用程序代码,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。Optionally, the computer-executable instructions in the embodiments of the present application may also be referred to as application program codes, which are not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application.
在具体实现中,作为一种实施例,处理器1001可以包括一个或多个CPU,例如图10中的CPU0和CPU1。In a specific implementation, as an embodiment, the processor 1001 may include one or more CPUs, such as CPU0 and CPU1 in FIG. 10.
在具体实现中,作为一种实施例,装置1000可以包括多个处理器,例如图10中的处理器1001和处理器1008。这些处理器中的每一个可以是一个单核(single-CPU)处理器,也可以是一个多核(multi-CPU)处理器。这里的处理器可以指一个或多个设备、电路、和/或用于处理数据(例如计算机程序指令)的处理核。In a specific implementation, as an embodiment, the apparatus 1000 may include multiple processors, such as the processor 1001 and the processor 1008 in FIG. 10. Each of these processors may be a single-CPU processor or a multi-CPU processor. A processor herein may refer to one or more devices, circuits, and / or processing cores for processing data (such as computer program instructions).
当图10所示的装置为芯片时,例如可以是会话管理功能网元101的芯片,或移动性管理功能网元的芯片,或网络功能存储库功能网元102的芯片,则该芯片包括处理器1001(还可 以包括处理器1008)、通信线路1002、存储器1003和通信接口1004。具体地,通信接口1004可以是输入接口、管脚或电路等。存储器1003可以是寄存器、缓存等。处理器1001和处理器1008可以是一个通用的CPU,微处理器,ASIC,或一个或多个用于控制上述任一实施例的选择会话管理功能网元的方法的程序执行的集成电路。When the device shown in FIG. 10 is a chip, for example, it may be a chip of the session management function network element 101, or a chip of the mobility management function network element, or a chip of the network function repository function network element 102, the chip includes processing A processor 1001 (which may also include a processor 1008), a communication line 1002, a memory 1003, and a communication interface 1004. Specifically, the communication interface 1004 may be an input interface, a pin, or a circuit. The memory 1003 may be a register, a cache, or the like. The processor 1001 and the processor 1008 may be a general-purpose CPU, a microprocessor, an ASIC, or one or more integrated circuits for controlling program execution of a method for selecting a session management function network element in any of the foregoing embodiments.
本申请实施例可以根据上述方法示例对装置进行功能模块的划分,例如,可以对应各个功能划分各个功能模块,也可以将两个或两个以上的功能集成在一个处理模块中。上述集成的模块既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能模块的形式实现。需要说明的是,本申请实施例中对模块的划分是示意性的,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。比如,在采用对应各个功能划分各个功能模块的情况下,图11示出了一种装置示意图,该装置1100可以是上述实施例中所涉及的会话管理功能网元101,或者为上述实施例中所涉及的移动性管理功能网元,或者为上述实施例中所涉及的网络功能存储库功能网元102,或者为会话管理功能网元101中的芯片,或者为移动性管理功能网元中的芯片,或者为网络功能存储库功能网元102中的芯片。该装置1100包括收发单元1101和处理单元1102。The embodiments of the present application may divide the function modules of the device according to the foregoing method examples. For example, each function module may be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions may be integrated into one processing module. The above integrated modules may be implemented in the form of hardware or software functional modules. It should be noted that the division of the modules in the embodiments of the present application is schematic, and is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be another division manner. For example, in the case where each functional module is divided according to each function, FIG. 11 shows a schematic diagram of a device. The device 1100 may be the session management function network element 101 involved in the foregoing embodiment, or may be the same as in the foregoing embodiment. The involved mobility management function network element is either the network function repository function network element 102 involved in the above embodiments, or the chip in the session management function network element 101, or the mobility management function network element. A chip, or a chip in the network element 102 of the network function storage library. The device 1100 includes a transceiver unit 1101 and a processing unit 1102.
在一个实施例中,当装置1100为上述实施例的会话管理功能网元101或会话管理功能网元101的芯片时,则,In one embodiment, when the device 1100 is a chip of the session management function network element 101 or the session management function network element 101 of the foregoing embodiment, then,
处理单元1102,用于确定是否有符合筛选条件的用户面功能网元;A processing unit 1102, configured to determine whether there is a user plane function network element that meets the screening conditions;
收发单元1101,用于若处理单元1102确定有符合所述筛选条件的用户面功能网元,将所述会话管理功能网元101的第一状态信息发送给网络功能存储库功能网元102,所述会话管理功能网元101的第一状态信息用于指示所述会话管理功能网元101在所述筛选条件下可用,所述第一状态信息用于选择会话管理功能网元。The transceiver unit 1101 is configured to send the first state information of the session management function network element 101 to the network function repository function network element 102 if the processing unit 1102 determines that there is a user plane function network element that meets the screening condition. The first state information of the session management function network element 101 is used to indicate that the session management function network element 101 is available under the screening condition, and the first state information is used to select a session management function network element.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一状态信息包括:In a possible implementation manner, the first state information includes:
指示所述会话管理功能网元在所述筛选条件下可用的信息;或,Information indicating that the session management function network element is available under the screening condition; or,
指示所述会话管理功能网元具有满足所述筛选条件的用户面功能网元的信息。Information indicating that the session management function network element has a user plane function network element that meets the screening condition.
在一种可能的实现方式中,处理单元1102具体用于:In a possible implementation manner, the processing unit 1102 is specifically configured to:
获取至少一个用户面功能网元的信息,并根据所述至少一个用户面功能网元的信息,确定所述至少一个用户面功能网元中是否有符合所述筛选条件的用户面功能网元;或,Acquiring information of at least one user plane function network element, and determining, according to the information of the at least one user plane function network element, whether there is a user plane function network element that meets the screening condition in the at least one user plane function network element; or,
未获取到用户面功能网元的信息,确定没有符合所述筛选条件的用户面功能网元。The information of the user plane function network element is not obtained, and it is determined that there is no user plane function network element that meets the screening condition.
在一种可能的实现方式中,处理单元1102用于获取至少一个用户面功能网元的信息具体包括:In a possible implementation manner, the processing unit 1102 used to obtain the information of at least one user plane function network element specifically includes:
用于接收来自所述至少一个用户面功能网元的所述至少一个用户面功能网元的信息,其中,来自一个用户面功能网元的是所述一个用户面功能网元的信息;或,For receiving information of the at least one user plane function network element from the at least one user plane function network element, wherein the information from the one user plane function network element is the information of the one user plane function network element; or,
用于向所述网络功能存储库功能网元102发送订阅消息,所述订阅消息用于订阅满足所述筛选条件的用户面功能网元的信息,以及,接收来自所述网络功能存储库功能网元102的通知消息,根据所述通知消息获得所述至少一个用户面功能网元的信息。Configured to send a subscription message to the network function repository function network element 102, where the subscription message is used to subscribe to information of a user plane function network element that meets the screening condition, and to receive information from the network function repository function network The notification message of the element 102 obtains information of the at least one user plane function network element according to the notification message.
例如,处理单元1102可以通过收发单元1101接收来自所述至少一个用户面功能网元的所述至少一个用户面功能网元的信息,通过收发单元1101向所述网络功能存储库功能网元102发送订阅消息,也可以通过收发单元1101接收来自所述网络功能存储库功能网元的通知消息。For example, the processing unit 1102 may receive the information from the at least one user plane function network element of the at least one user plane function network element through the transceiver unit 1101, and send the information to the network function repository function network element 102 through the transceiver unit 1101. The subscription message may also receive a notification message from the network function repository function network element through the transceiver unit 1101.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述筛选条件包括DNN和S-NSSAI的至少一种。In a possible implementation manner, the screening condition includes at least one of DNN and S-NSSAI.
在一种可能的实现方式中,收发单元1101还用于:In a possible implementation manner, the transceiver unit 1101 is further configured to:
若处理单元1102确定没有符合所述筛选条件的用户面功能网元,将所述会话管理功能网元101的第二状态信息发送给所述网络功能存储库功能网元102,所述会话管理功能网元101的第二状态信息用于指示所述会话管理功能网元101在所述筛选条件下不可用;或,If the processing unit 1102 determines that there is no user plane function network element that meets the screening condition, sending the second state information of the session management function network element 101 to the network function repository function network element 102, the session management function The second state information of the network element 101 is used to indicate that the session management function network element 101 is unavailable under the screening condition; or,
若处理单元1102确定没有符合所述筛选条件的用户面功能网元,向所述网络功能存储库功能网元102发送删除指示,所述删除指示用于指示所述网络功能存储库功能网元102,从在所述筛选条件下可用的会话管理功能网元的信息中删除所述会话管理功能网元101的信息。If the processing unit 1102 determines that there is no user plane function network element that meets the screening conditions, a delete instruction is sent to the network function repository function network element 102, and the delete instruction is used to instruct the network function repository function network element 102 , Deleting the information of the session management function network element 101 from the information of the session management function network element available under the screening condition.
在一种可能的实现方式中,In one possible implementation,
所述筛选条件具体为第一筛选条件,处理单元1102用于确定是否有符合筛选条件的用户面功能网元具体包括:The screening condition is specifically a first screening condition, and the processing unit 1102 is configured to determine whether there is a user plane function network element that meets the screening condition, and specifically includes:
确定是否有符合所述第一筛选条件的用户面功能网元;Determining whether there is a user plane function network element that meets the first screening condition;
或,or,
所述筛选条件具体为第二筛选条件和第三筛选条件,处理单元1102用于确定是否有符合筛选条件的用户面功能网元具体包括:The screening conditions are specifically the second screening condition and the third screening condition, and the processing unit 1102 is configured to determine whether there is a user plane function network element that meets the screening conditions, and specifically includes:
确定是否有满足所述第二筛选条件的用户面功能网元,以及确定是否有满足所述第三筛选条件的用户面功能网元。Determining whether there is a user plane function network element that meets the second screening condition, and determining whether there is a user plane function network element that meets the third screening condition.
在一种可能的实现方式中,收发单元1101用于若有符合所述筛选条件的用户面功能网元,将会话管理功能网元101的第一状态信息发送给网络功能存储库功能网元102,会话管理功能网元101的第一状态信息用于指示会话管理功能网元101在所述筛选条件下可用,包括:In a possible implementation manner, the transceiver unit 1101 is configured to send the first state information of the session management function network element 101 to the network function repository function network element 102 if there is a user plane function network element that meets the screening condition. The first state information of the session management function network element 101 is used to indicate that the session management function network element 101 is available under the screening condition, and includes:
所述筛选条件具体为所述第一筛选条件,若处理单元1101确定有符合所述第一筛选条件的用户面功能网元,收发单元1101将会话管理功能网元101的第一状态信息发送给网络功能存储库功能网元102,会话管理功能网元101的所述第一状态信息用于指示会话管理功能网元101在所述第一筛选条件下可用;The screening condition is specifically the first screening condition. If the processing unit 1101 determines that there is a user plane function network element that meets the first screening condition, the transceiver unit 1101 sends the first state information of the session management function network element 101 to The network function repository function network element 102, the first state information of the session management function network element 101 is used to indicate that the session management function network element 101 is available under the first screening condition;
或,or,
所述筛选条件具体为所述第二筛选条件和所述第三筛选条件,若处理单元1101确定有符合所述第二筛选条件的用户面功能网元,收发单元1101将会话管理功能网元101的第一状态信息发送给网络功能存储库功能网元102,会话管理功能网元101的所述第一状态信息用于指示会话管理功能网元在所述第二筛选条件下可用;或者,若处理单元1101确定有符合所述第三筛选条件的用户面功能网元,收发单元1101将会话管理功能网元101的第一状态信息发送给网络功能存储库功能网元102,会话管理功能网元101的所述第一状态信息用于指示会话管理功能网元101在所述第三筛选条件下可用。The screening condition is specifically the second screening condition and the third screening condition. If the processing unit 1101 determines that there is a user plane function network element that meets the second screening condition, the transceiver unit 1101 sets the session management function network element 101 Sending the first state information of the network function storage network element 102 to the network function repository, and the first state information of the session management function network element 101 is used to indicate that the session management function network element is available under the second screening condition; or The processing unit 1101 determines that there is a user plane function network element that meets the third screening condition, and the transceiver unit 1101 sends the first state information of the session management function network element 101 to the network function repository function network element 102, and the session management function network element The first state information of 101 is used to indicate that the session management function network element 101 is available under the third screening condition.
在一种可能的实现方式中,In one possible implementation,
在所述筛选条件具体为第一筛选条件的情况下,若所述第一筛选条件为空,则表示所述第一筛选条件用于筛选所有的用户面功能网元;或,When the screening condition is specifically the first screening condition, if the first screening condition is empty, it means that the first screening condition is used to screen all user plane function network elements; or,
在所述筛选条件具体为第二筛选条件和第三筛选条件的情况下,若所述第二筛选条件和第三筛选条件中的至少一种筛选条件为空,则表示所述至少一种筛选条件用于筛选所有的用户面功能网元。When the screening condition is specifically the second screening condition and the third screening condition, if at least one of the second screening condition and the third screening condition is empty, it means that the at least one screening condition Conditions are used to filter all user plane function network elements.
在一种可能的实现方式中,In one possible implementation,
所述会话管理功能网元101的第一状态信息包括所述筛选条件对应的参数信息,以及包括用于指示所述会话管理功能网元101在所述筛选条件下可用的指示信息;或,The first state information of the session management function network element 101 includes parameter information corresponding to the screening condition, and includes indication information for indicating that the session management function network element 101 is available under the screening condition; or,
所述会话管理功能网元101的第一状态信息包括所述筛选条件的标识信息,以及包括用 于指示所述会话管理功能网元101在所述筛选条件下可用的指示信息。The first state information of the session management function network element 101 includes identification information of the screening condition, and includes indication information for indicating that the session management function network element 101 is available under the screening condition.
在又一个实施例中,当装置1100为上述实施例的网络功能存储库功能网元102或网络功能存储库功能网元102的芯片时,则,In another embodiment, when the device 1100 is a chip of the network function repository function network element 102 or the network function repository function network element 102 of the above embodiment, then,
收发单元1101,用于接收来自移动性管理功能网元的请求消息,所述请求消息用于请求获得满足第四筛选条件的会话管理功能网元101的信息;The transceiver unit 1101 is configured to receive a request message from a mobility management function network element, where the request message is used to request information about a session management function network element 101 that meets a fourth screening condition;
处理单元1102,用于根据至少一个会话管理功能网元101的状态信息,确定是否有满足所述第四筛选条件的可用的会话管理功能网元101,其中,所述至少一个会话管理功能网元101的状态信息用于指示所述至少一个会话管理功能网元101在所述第四筛选条件下是否处于可用状态;A processing unit 1102 is configured to determine, according to the status information of at least one session management function network element 101, whether there is an available session management function network element 101 that meets the fourth screening condition, wherein the at least one session management function network element The state information of 101 is used to indicate whether the at least one session management function network element 101 is in an available state under the fourth screening condition;
收发单元1101,还用于向所述移动性管理功能网元发送筛选结果。The transceiver unit 1101 is further configured to send a screening result to the mobility management function network element.
在一种可能的实现方式中,一个会话管理功能网元101的状态信息包括:In a possible implementation manner, the state information of a session management function network element 101 includes:
指示所述一个会话管理功能网元101为满足所述第四筛选条件的可用的会话管理功能网元101的信息,或指示所述一个会话管理功能网元101为满足所述第四筛选条件的不可用的会话管理功能网元101的信息;或,Information indicating that the one session management function network element 101 is an available session management function network element 101 that meets the fourth screening condition, or indicating that the one session management function network element 101 is a Information of the unavailable session management function network element 101; or,
指示所述一个会话管理功能网元101具有满足所述第四筛选条件的用户面功能网元的信息,或指示所述一个会话管理功能网元101不具有满足所述第四筛选条件的用户面功能网元的信息。Information indicating that the one session management function network element 101 has a user plane function network element that satisfies the fourth screening condition, or indicates that the one session management function network element 101 does not have a user plane that meets the fourth screening condition Information about the functional NEs.
在一种可能的实现方式中,In one possible implementation,
所述筛选结果具体为K个会话管理功能网元101的信息,其中,所述K个会话管理功能网元101的信息用于表示所述K个会话管理功能网元101为满足所述第四筛选条件的可用的会话管理功能网元101;或,The filtering result is specifically information of K session management function network elements 101, where the information of the K session management function network elements 101 is used to indicate that the K session management function network elements 101 meet the fourth Available session management function network element 101 for the filter condition; or,
所述筛选信息具体为失败指示,其中,所述失败指示表示没有满足所述第四筛选条件的可用的会话管理功能网元101。The screening information is specifically a failure indication, wherein the failure indication indicates that the available session management function network element 101 that does not meet the fourth screening condition is available.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述至少一个会话管理功能网元101的状态信息是来自至少一个会话管理功能网元101的。In a possible implementation manner, the state information of the at least one session management function network element 101 is from at least one session management function network element 101.
在一种可能的实现方式中,In one possible implementation,
所述至少一个会话管理功能网元101中的一个会话管理功能网元101的状态信息包括至少一种筛选条件分别对应的参数信息,以及,包括用于指示所述一个会话管理功能网元101在所述至少一种筛选条件中的每一种筛选条件下是否可用的指示信息,所述至少一种筛选条件包括所述第四筛选条件;或,The state information of one session management function network element 101 among the at least one session management function network element 101 includes parameter information corresponding to at least one screening condition, and includes information indicating that the one session management function network element 101 is in Indication information of availability of each of the at least one screening condition, the at least one screening condition including the fourth screening condition; or,
所述至少一个会话管理功能网元101中的一个会话管理功能网元101的状态信息包括至少一种筛选条件的标识信息,以及,包括用于指示所述一个会话管理功能网元101在所述至少一种筛选条件中的每一种筛选条件下是否可用的指示信息,所述至少一种筛选条件包括所述第四筛选条件。The state information of one session management function network element 101 among the at least one session management function network element 101 includes identification information of at least one filtering condition, and includes information used to indicate that the one session management function network element 101 is in the Indication information indicating whether each of the at least one screening condition is available, and the at least one screening condition includes the fourth screening condition.
应理解,该装置可以用于实现本申请实施例的方法中由会话管理功能网元101、移动性管理功能网元、网络功能存储库功能网元102执行的步骤,相关特征可以参照上文,此处不再赘述。It should be understood that the apparatus may be used to implement the steps performed by the session management function network element 101, the mobility management function network element, and the network function repository function network element 102 in the method of the embodiment of the present application. For related features, refer to the foregoing. I won't repeat them here.
具体的,图11中的收发单元1101以及处理单元1102的功能/实现过程可以通过图10中的处理器1001调用存储器1003中存储的计算机执行指令来实现。或者,图11中的处理单元1102的功能/实现过程可以通过图10中的处理器1001调用存储器1003中存 储的计算机执行指令来实现,图11中的收发单元1101的功能/实现过程可以通过图10中的通信接口1004来实现。Specifically, the function / implementation process of the transceiver unit 1101 and the processing unit 1102 in FIG. 11 may be implemented by the processor 1001 in FIG. 10 calling a computer execution instruction stored in the memory 1003. Alternatively, the function / implementation process of the processing unit 1102 in FIG. 11 may be implemented by the processor 1001 in FIG. 10 calling a computer execution instruction stored in the memory 1003, and the function / implementation process of the transceiver unit 1101 in FIG. 11 may be performed through the graph. The communication interface 1004 in 10 is implemented.
可选的,当该装置1000是芯片或电路时,则收发单元1101的功能/实现过程还可以通过管脚或电路等来实现。可选地,当该装置1000是芯片时,存储器1003可以为芯片内的存储单元,如寄存器、缓存等。当然,当该装置1000是会话管理功能网元101,如上述实施例中的会话管理功能网元101时,存储器1003也可以是会话管理功能网元101内的位于芯片外部的存储单元,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。当该装置1000是网络功能存储库功能网元102时,存储器1003也可以是网络功能存储库功能网元102内的位于芯片外部的存储单元,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。Optionally, when the device 1000 is a chip or a circuit, the function / implementation process of the transceiver unit 1101 may also be implemented through pins or circuits. Optionally, when the device 1000 is a chip, the memory 1003 may be a storage unit in the chip, such as a register, a cache, and the like. Of course, when the device 1000 is a session management function network element 101, such as the session management function network element 101 in the foregoing embodiment, the memory 1003 may also be a storage unit located outside the chip in the session management function network element 101. This application The embodiment does not specifically limit this. When the device 1000 is the network function repository function network element 102, the memory 1003 may also be a storage unit located outside the chip in the network function repository function network element 102, which is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
在上述实施例中,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机程序指令时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质,(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如,DVD)、或者半导体介质(例如固态硬盘(solid state disk,SSD))等。In the above embodiments, it may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof. When implemented in software, it may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer program instructions are loaded and executed on a computer, all or part of the processes or functions according to the embodiments of the present application are generated. The computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices. The computer instructions may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions may be from a website site, computer, server, or data center Transmission by wire (for example, coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (for example, infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) to another website site, computer, server, or data center. The computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server, a data center, and the like that includes one or more available medium integration. The usable medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a DVD), or a semiconductor medium (for example, a solid state disk (SSD)).
本申请实施例中所描述的各种说明性的逻辑单元和电路可以通过通用处理器,数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP),专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC),现场可编程门阵列(field-programmable gate array,FPGA),或其它可编程逻辑装置,离散门或晶体管逻辑,离散硬件部件,或上述任何组合的设计来实现或操作所描述的功能。通用处理器可以为微处理器,可选地,该通用处理器也可以为任何传统的处理器、控制器、微控制器或状态机。处理器也可以通过计算装置的组合来实现,例如数字信号处理器和微处理器,多个微处理器,一个或多个微处理器联合一个数字信号处理器核,或任何其它类似的配置来实现。Various illustrative logic units and circuits described in the embodiments of the present application may be implemented by a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor (DSP), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), and field programmable A gate-array (field-programmable gate array, FPGA), or other programmable logic device, discrete gate or transistor logic, discrete hardware components, or any combination of the above is designed to implement or operate the described functions. The general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor. Alternatively, the general-purpose processor may also be any conventional processor, controller, microcontroller, or state machine. The processor may also be implemented by a combination of computing devices, such as a digital signal processor and a microprocessor, multiple microprocessors, one or more microprocessors in conjunction with a digital signal processor core, or any other similar configuration. achieve.
本申请实施例中所描述的方法或算法的步骤可以直接嵌入硬件、处理器执行的软件单元、或者这两者的结合。软件单元可以存储于RAM存储器、闪存、ROM存储器、EPROM存储器、EEPROM存储器、寄存器、硬盘、可移动磁盘、CD-ROM或本领域中其它任意形式的存储媒介中。示例性地,存储媒介可以与处理器连接,以使得处理器可以从存储媒介中读取信息,并可以向存储媒介存写信息。可选地,存储媒介还可以集成到处理器中。处理器和存储媒介可以设置于ASIC中,ASIC可以设置于终端设备中。可选地,处理器和存储媒介也可以设置于终端设备中的不同的部件中。The steps of the method or algorithm described in the embodiments of the present application may be directly embedded in hardware, a software unit executed by a processor, or a combination of the two. A software unit may be stored in a RAM memory, a flash memory, a ROM memory, an EPROM memory, an EEPROM memory, a register, a hard disk, a removable disk, a CD-ROM, or any other form of storage medium in the art. For example, the storage medium may be connected to the processor, so that the processor can read information from the storage medium and can write information to the storage medium. In the alternative, the storage medium may be integral to the processor. The processor and the storage medium may be provided in an ASIC, and the ASIC may be provided in a terminal device. Alternatively, the processor and the storage medium may also be provided in different components in the terminal device.
这些计算机程序指令也可装载到计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备上,使得在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行一系列操作步骤以产生计算机实现的处理,从而在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行的指令提供用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多 个方框中指定的功能的步骤。These computer program instructions can also be loaded on a computer or other programmable data processing device, so that a series of steps can be performed on the computer or other programmable device to produce a computer-implemented process, and the The instructions provide steps for implementing the functions specified in one or more flowcharts and / or one or more blocks of the block diagrams.
尽管结合具体特征及其实施例对本申请实施例进行了描述,显而易见的,在不脱离本申请实施例的精神和范围的情况下,可对其进行各种修改和组合。相应地,本申请实施例和附图仅仅是所附权利要求所界定的本申请实施例的示例性说明,且视为已覆盖本申请实施例范围内的任意和所有修改、变化、组合或等同物。显然,本领域的技术人员可以对本申请实施例进行各种改动和变型而不脱离本申请实施例的范围。这样,倘若本申请实施例的这些修改和变型属于本申请实施例权利要求及其等同技术的范围之内,则本申请实施例也意图包含这些改动和变型在内。Although the embodiments of the present application have been described in combination with specific features and embodiments thereof, it is obvious that various modifications and combinations can be made without departing from the spirit and scope of the embodiments of the present application. Accordingly, the embodiments and drawings of the present application are merely exemplary illustrations of the embodiments of the present application as defined by the appended claims, and are deemed to have covered any and all modifications, changes, combinations, or equivalents within the scope of the embodiments of the present application. Thing. Obviously, those skilled in the art can make various changes and modifications to the embodiments of the present application without departing from the scope of the embodiments of the present application. In this way, if these modifications and variations of the embodiments of the present application fall within the scope of the claims of the embodiments of the present application and their equivalent technologies, the embodiments of the present application are also intended to include these changes and modifications.

Claims (37)

  1. 一种选择会话管理功能网元的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for selecting a session management function network element, comprising:
    确定是否有符合筛选条件的用户面功能网元;Determine whether there are user plane function network elements that meet the screening conditions;
    若有符合所述筛选条件的用户面功能网元,将所述会话管理功能网元的第一状态信息发送给网络功能存储库功能网元,所述会话管理功能网元的第一状态信息用于指示所述会话管理功能网元在所述筛选条件下可用,所述第一状态信息用于选择会话管理功能网元。If there is a user plane function network element that meets the screening condition, the first state information of the session management function network element is sent to the network function repository function network element, and the first state information of the session management function network element is used. For indicating that the session management function network element is available under the screening condition, the first state information is used to select a session management function network element.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一状态信息包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the first state information comprises:
    指示所述会话管理功能网元在所述筛选条件下可用的信息;或,Information indicating that the session management function network element is available under the screening condition; or,
    指示所述会话管理功能网元具有满足所述筛选条件的用户面功能网元的信息。Information indicating that the session management function network element has a user plane function network element that meets the screening condition.
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,确定是否有符合筛选条件的用户面功能网元,包括:The method according to claim 1 or 2, characterized in that determining whether there is a user plane function network element that meets the filtering conditions comprises:
    获取至少一个用户面功能网元的信息,并根据所述至少一个用户面功能网元的信息,确定所述至少一个用户面功能网元中是否有符合所述筛选条件的用户面功能网元;或,Acquiring information of at least one user plane function network element, and determining, according to the information of the at least one user plane function network element, whether there is a user plane function network element that meets the screening condition in the at least one user plane function network element; or,
    未获取到用户面功能网元的信息,确定没有符合所述筛选条件的用户面功能网元。The information of the user plane function network element is not obtained, and it is determined that there is no user plane function network element that meets the screening condition.
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其特征在于,获取至少一个用户面功能网元的信息,包括:The method according to claim 3, wherein acquiring information of at least one user plane function network element comprises:
    接收来自所述至少一个用户面功能网元的所述至少一个用户面功能网元的信息,其中,来自一个用户面功能网元的是所述一个用户面功能网元的信息;或,Receiving information of the at least one user plane function network element from the at least one user plane function network element, wherein the information from the one user plane function network element is the information of the one user plane function network element; or,
    向所述网络功能存储库功能网元发送订阅消息,所述订阅消息用于订阅满足所述筛选条件的用户面功能网元的信息,以及,接收来自所述网络功能存储库功能网元的通知消息,根据所述通知消息获得所述至少一个用户面功能网元的信息。Sending a subscription message to the network function repository function network element, the subscription message being used to subscribe to information of a user plane function network element that meets the screening condition, and receiving a notification from the network function repository function network element A message to obtain information of the at least one user plane function network element according to the notification message.
  5. 根据权利要求1-4任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述筛选条件包括数据网络名称DNN和单网络切片选择支撑信息S-NSSAI的至少一种。The method according to any one of claims 1-4, wherein the screening condition comprises at least one of a data network name DNN and a single network slice selection support information S-NSSAI.
  6. 根据权利要求1-5任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-5, further comprising:
    若没有符合所述筛选条件的用户面功能网元,将所述会话管理功能网元的第二状态信息发送给所述网络功能存储库功能网元,所述会话管理功能网元的第二状态信息用于指示所述会话管理功能网元在所述筛选条件下不可用;或,If there is no user plane function network element that meets the screening condition, sending the second state information of the session management function network element to the network function repository function network element, the second state of the session management function network element The information is used to indicate that the session management function network element is unavailable under the screening condition; or,
    若没有符合所述筛选条件的用户面功能网元,向所述网络功能存储库功能网元发送删除指示,所述删除指示用于指示所述网络功能存储库功能网元,从在所述筛选条件下可用的会话管理功能网元的信息中删除所述会话管理功能网元的信息。If there is no user plane function network element that meets the screening conditions, a delete instruction is sent to the network function repository function network element, where the delete instruction is used to instruct the network function repository function network element, Delete the information of the session management function network element from the information of the session management function network element available under the conditions.
  7. 根据权利要求1-6任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 1-6, wherein:
    所述筛选条件具体为第一筛选条件,确定是否有符合筛选条件的用户面功能网元,包括:The screening condition is specifically a first screening condition, and determining whether there is a user plane function network element that meets the screening condition includes:
    确定是否有符合所述第一筛选条件的用户面功能网元;Determining whether there is a user plane function network element that meets the first screening condition;
    或,or,
    所述筛选条件具体为第二筛选条件和第三筛选条件,确定是否有符合筛选条件的用户面功能网元,包括:The screening condition is specifically the second screening condition and the third screening condition, and determining whether there is a user plane function network element that meets the screening condition includes:
    确定是否有满足所述第二筛选条件的用户面功能网元,以及确定是否有满足所述第三筛选条件的用户面功能网元。Determining whether there is a user plane function network element that meets the second screening condition, and determining whether there is a user plane function network element that meets the third screening condition.
  8. 根据权利要求7所述的方法,其特征在于,若有符合所述筛选条件的用户面功能网元,将所述会话管理功能网元的第一状态信息发送给网络功能存储库功能网元,所述会话管理功能网元的第一状态信息用于指示所述会话管理功能网元在所述筛选条件下可用,包括:The method according to claim 7, wherein if there is a user plane function network element that meets the screening condition, sending the first state information of the session management function network element to a network function repository function network element, The first state information of the session management function network element for indicating that the session management function network element is available under the screening condition includes:
    所述筛选条件具体为所述第一筛选条件,若有符合所述第一筛选条件的用户面功能网元,将所述会话管理功能网元的第一状态信息发送给网络功能存储库功能网元,所述会话管理功能网元的所述第一状态信息用于指示所述会话管理功能网元在所述第一筛选条件下可用;The screening condition is specifically the first screening condition. If there is a user plane function network element that meets the first screening condition, the first state information of the session management function network element is sent to the network function repository function network. Element, the first state information of the session management function network element is used to indicate that the session management function network element is available under the first screening condition;
    或,or,
    所述筛选条件具体为所述第二筛选条件和所述第三筛选条件,若有符合所述第二筛选条件的用户面功能网元,将所述会话管理功能网元的第一状态信息发送给网络功能存储库功能网元,所述会话管理功能网元的所述第一状态信息用于指示所述会话管理功能网元在所述第二筛选条件下可用;或者,若有符合所述第三筛选条件的用户面功能网元,将所述会话管理功能网元的第一状态信息发送给网络功能存储库功能网元,所述会话管理功能网元的所述第一状态信息用于指示所述会话管理功能网元在所述第三筛选条件下可用。The screening condition is specifically the second screening condition and the third screening condition. If there is a user plane function network element that meets the second screening condition, the first state information of the session management function network element is sent. To the network function repository function network element, the first state information of the session management function network element is used to indicate that the session management function network element is available under the second screening condition; or The user plane function network element of the third screening condition sends the first state information of the session management function network element to a network function repository function network element, and the first state information of the session management function network element is used for And instructing the session management function network element to be available under the third screening condition.
  9. 根据权利要求1-8任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 1-8, characterized in that:
    在所述筛选条件具体为第一筛选条件的情况下,若所述第一筛选条件为空,则表示所述第一筛选条件用于筛选所有的用户面功能网元;或,When the screening condition is specifically the first screening condition, if the first screening condition is empty, it means that the first screening condition is used to screen all user plane function network elements; or,
    在所述筛选条件具体为第二筛选条件和第三筛选条件的情况下,若所述第二筛选条件和第三筛选条件中的至少一种筛选条件为空,则表示所述至少一种筛选条件用于筛选所有的用户面功能网元。When the screening condition is specifically the second screening condition and the third screening condition, if at least one of the second screening condition and the third screening condition is empty, it means that the at least one screening condition Conditions are used to filter all user plane function network elements.
  10. 根据权利要求1-9任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 1-9, wherein:
    所述会话管理功能网元的第一状态信息包括所述筛选条件对应的参数信息,以及包括用于指示所述会话管理功能网元在所述筛选条件下可用的指示信息;或,The first state information of the session management function network element includes parameter information corresponding to the screening condition, and includes indication information for indicating that the session management function network element is available under the screening condition; or,
    所述会话管理功能网元的第一状态信息包括所述筛选条件的标识信息,以及包括用于指示所述会话管理功能网元在所述筛选条件下可用的指示信息。The first state information of the session management function network element includes identification information of the screening condition, and includes indication information for indicating that the session management function network element is available under the screening condition.
  11. 一种选择会话管理功能网元的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for selecting a session management function network element, comprising:
    接收来自移动性管理功能网元的请求消息,所述请求消息用于请求获得满足第四筛选条件的会话管理功能网元的信息;Receiving a request message from a mobility management function network element, where the request message is used to request information about a session management function network element that meets a fourth screening condition;
    根据至少一个会话管理功能网元的状态信息,确定是否有满足所述第四筛选条件的可用的会话管理功能网元,其中,所述至少一个会话管理功能网元的状态信息用于指示所述至少一个会话管理功能网元在所述第四筛选条件下是否处于可用状态;Determining, according to the status information of at least one session management function network element, whether there is an available session management function network element that meets the fourth screening condition, wherein the status information of the at least one session management function network element is used to indicate the Whether at least one session management function network element is available under the fourth screening condition;
    向所述移动性管理功能网元发送筛选结果。Sending a screening result to the mobility management function network element.
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的方法,其特征在于,一个会话管理功能网元的状态信息包括:The method according to claim 11, wherein the state information of a session management function network element comprises:
    指示所述一个会话管理功能网元为满足所述第四筛选条件的可用的会话管理功能网元的信息,或指示所述一个会话管理功能网元为满足所述第四筛选条件的不可用的会话管理功能网元的信息;或,Information indicating that the one session management function network element is an available session management function network element that meets the fourth screening condition, or indicating that the one session management function network element is an unavailable Information about the network element of the session management function; or,
    指示所述一个会话管理功能网元具有满足所述第四筛选条件的用户面功能网元的信息,或指示所述一个会话管理功能网元不具有满足所述第四筛选条件的用户面功能网元的信息。Information indicating that the one session management function network element has a user plane function network element that meets the fourth screening condition, or indicates that the one session management function network element does not have a user plane function network that meets the fourth screening condition Meta information.
  13. 根据权利要求11或12所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 11 or 12, wherein:
    所述筛选结果具体为K个会话管理功能网元的信息,其中,所述K个会话管理功能网元的信息用于表示所述K个会话管理功能网元为满足所述第四筛选条件的可用的会话管理功能 网元;或,The screening result is specifically information of K session management function network elements, where the information of the K session management function network elements is used to indicate that the K session management function network elements are the ones that satisfy the fourth screening condition. Available session management function network elements; or,
    所述筛选信息具体为失败指示,其中,所述失败指示表示没有满足所述第四筛选条件的可用的会话管理功能网元。The screening information is specifically a failure indication, where the failure indication indicates that no available session management function network element satisfies the fourth screening condition.
  14. 根据权利要求11-13任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 11-13, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述至少一个会话管理功能网元的状态信息是来自至少一个会话管理功能网元的。The state information of the at least one session management function network element is from at least one session management function network element.
  15. 根据权利要求11-14任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 11 to 14, wherein:
    所述至少一个会话管理功能网元中的一个会话管理功能网元的状态信息包括至少一种筛选条件分别对应的参数信息,以及,包括用于指示所述一个会话管理功能网元在所述至少一种筛选条件中的每一种筛选条件下是否可用的指示信息,所述至少一种筛选条件包括所述第四筛选条件;或,The state information of one session management function network element among the at least one session management function network element includes parameter information corresponding to at least one filtering condition, and includes information for instructing the one session management function network element in the at least one Indication information of whether a screening condition is available under each of the screening conditions, the at least one screening condition includes the fourth screening condition; or,
    所述至少一个会话管理功能网元中的一个会话管理功能网元的状态信息包括至少一种筛选条件的标识信息,以及,包括用于指示所述一个会话管理功能网元在所述至少一种筛选条件中的每一种筛选条件下是否可用的指示信息,所述至少一种筛选条件包括所述第四筛选条件。The state information of one session management function network element among the at least one session management function network element includes identification information of at least one filtering condition, and includes information for indicating that the one session management function network element is in the at least one Indication information of whether each of the screening conditions is available, the at least one screening condition includes the fourth screening condition.
  16. 一种选择会话管理功能网元的系统,其特征在于,包括:A system for selecting a network element for a session management function, comprising:
    会话管理功能网元,用于确定是否有符合筛选条件的用户面功能网元,若有符合所述筛选条件的用户面功能网元,将所述会话管理功能网元的第一状态信息发送给网络功能存储库功能网元,所述会话管理功能网元的第一状态信息用于指示所述会话管理功能网元在所述筛选条件下可用,所述第一状态信息用于选择会话管理功能网元;The session management function network element is used to determine whether there is a user plane function network element that meets the screening condition. If there is a user plane function network element that meets the screening condition, the first state information of the session management function network element is sent to Network function repository function network element, the first state information of the session management function network element is used to indicate that the session management function network element is available under the screening condition, and the first state information is used to select a session management function Network element
    所述网络功能存储库功能网元,用于接收所述第一状态信息。The network function repository function network element is configured to receive the first status information.
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一状态信息包括:The method according to claim 16, wherein the first state information comprises:
    指示所述会话管理功能网元在所述筛选条件下可用的信息;或,Information indicating that the session management function network element is available under the screening condition; or,
    指示所述会话管理功能网元具有满足所述筛选条件的用户面功能网元的信息。Information indicating that the session management function network element has a user plane function network element that meets the screening condition.
  18. 根据权利要求16或17所述的系统,其特征在于,所述网络功能存储库功能网元,还用于:The system according to claim 16 or 17, wherein the network function repository function network element is further configured to:
    接收来自移动性管理功能网元的请求消息,所述请求消息用于请求获得满足第四筛选条件的会话管理功能网元的信息;其中,所述满足第四筛选条件的会话管理功能网元,是指所述会话管理功能网元具有满足所述第四筛选条件的用户面功能网元;Receiving a request message from a mobility management function network element, the request message is used to request information about a session management function network element that meets a fourth screening condition; wherein the session management function network element that meets the fourth screening condition Means that the session management function network element has a user plane function network element that satisfies the fourth screening condition;
    根据至少一个会话管理功能网元的状态信息,确定是否有满足所述第四筛选条件的可用的会话管理功能网元,其中,所述至少一个会话管理功能网元的状态信息用于指示所述至少一个会话管理功能网元在所述第四筛选条件下是否处于可用状态;Determining, according to the status information of at least one session management function network element, whether there is an available session management function network element that meets the fourth screening condition, wherein the status information of the at least one session management function network element is used to indicate the Whether at least one session management function network element is available under the fourth screening condition;
    向所述移动性管理功能网元发送筛选结果。Sending a screening result to the mobility management function network element.
  19. 一种装置,其特征在于,包括:A device, comprising:
    处理单元,用于确定是否有符合筛选条件的用户面功能网元;A processing unit, which is used to determine whether there is a user plane functional network element that meets the screening conditions;
    收发单元,用于若所述处理单元确定有符合所述筛选条件的用户面功能网元,将所述会话管理功能网元的第一状态信息发送给网络功能存储库功能网元,所述会话管理功能网元的第一状态信息用于指示所述会话管理功能网元在所述筛选条件下可用,所述第一状态信息用于选择会话管理功能网元。A transceiver unit, configured to send the first state information of the session management function network element to the network function repository function network element if the processing unit determines that there is a user plane function network element that meets the screening condition, and the session The first status information of the management function network element is used to indicate that the session management function network element is available under the screening condition, and the first status information is used to select the session management function network element.
  20. 根据权利要求19所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一状态信息包括:The apparatus according to claim 19, wherein the first state information comprises:
    指示所述会话管理功能网元在所述筛选条件下可用的信息;或,Information indicating that the session management function network element is available under the screening condition; or,
    指示所述会话管理功能网元具有满足所述筛选条件的用户面功能网元的信息。Information indicating that the session management function network element has a user plane function network element that meets the screening condition.
  21. 根据权利要求19或20所述的装置,其特征在于,所述处理单元具体用于:The apparatus according to claim 19 or 20, wherein the processing unit is specifically configured to:
    获取至少一个用户面功能网元的信息,并根据所述至少一个用户面功能网元的信息,确定所述至少一个用户面功能网元中是否有符合所述筛选条件的用户面功能网元;或,Acquiring information of at least one user plane function network element, and determining, according to the information of the at least one user plane function network element, whether there is a user plane function network element that meets the screening condition in the at least one user plane function network element; or,
    未获取到用户面功能网元的信息,确定没有符合所述筛选条件的用户面功能网元。The information of the user plane function network element is not obtained, and it is determined that there is no user plane function network element that meets the screening condition.
  22. 根据权利要求21所述的装置,其特征在于,所述处理单元用于获取至少一个用户面功能网元的信息具体包括:The apparatus according to claim 21, wherein the processing unit for acquiring information of at least one user plane function network element specifically comprises:
    用于接收来自所述至少一个用户面功能网元的所述至少一个用户面功能网元的信息,其中,来自一个用户面功能网元的是所述一个用户面功能网元的信息;或,For receiving information of the at least one user plane function network element from the at least one user plane function network element, wherein the information from the one user plane function network element is the information of the one user plane function network element; or,
    用于向所述网络功能存储库功能网元发送订阅消息,所述订阅消息用于订阅满足所述筛选条件的用户面功能网元的信息,以及,接收来自所述网络功能存储库功能网元的通知消息,根据所述通知消息获得所述至少一个用户面功能网元的信息。Configured to send a subscription message to the network function repository function network element, where the subscription message is used to subscribe to information of a user plane function network element that meets the screening condition, and to receive a message from the network function repository function network element And obtaining information of the at least one user plane function network element according to the notification message.
  23. 根据权利要求19-22任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述收发单元,还用于:The device according to any one of claims 19 to 22, wherein the transceiver unit is further configured to:
    若所述处理单元确定没有符合所述筛选条件的用户面功能网元,将所述会话管理功能网元的第二状态信息发送给所述网络功能存储库功能网元,所述会话管理功能网元的第二状态信息用于指示所述会话管理功能网元在所述筛选条件下不可用;或,If the processing unit determines that there is no user plane function network element that meets the screening condition, sending the second state information of the session management function network element to the network function repository function network element, the session management function network The second state information of the meta is used to indicate that the session management function network element is unavailable under the screening condition; or,
    若所述处理单元确定没有符合所述筛选条件的用户面功能网元,向所述网络功能存储库功能网元发送删除指示,所述删除指示用于指示所述网络功能存储库功能网元,从在所述筛选条件下可用的会话管理功能网元的信息中删除所述会话管理功能网元的信息。If the processing unit determines that there is no user plane function network element that meets the screening condition, sending a delete instruction to the network function repository function network element, where the delete instruction is used to instruct the network function repository function network element, Delete the information of the session management function network element from the information of the session management function network element available under the screening condition.
  24. 根据权利要求19-23任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,The device according to any one of claims 19-23, wherein:
    所述筛选条件具体为第一筛选条件,所述处理单元用于确定是否有符合筛选条件的用户面功能网元具体包括:确定是否有符合所述第一筛选条件的用户面功能网元;The screening condition is specifically a first screening condition, and the processing unit for determining whether there is a user plane function network element that meets the screening condition specifically includes: determining whether there is a user plane function network element that meets the first screening condition;
    或,or,
    所述筛选条件具体为第二筛选条件和第三筛选条件,所述处理单元用于确定是否有符合筛选条件的用户面功能网元具体包括:确定是否有满足所述第二筛选条件的用户面功能网元,以及确定是否有满足所述第三筛选条件的用户面功能网元。The screening condition is specifically a second screening condition and a third screening condition, and the processing unit is configured to determine whether there is a user plane function network element that meets the screening condition. The processing element specifically includes: determining whether there is a user plane that meets the second screening condition. A functional network element, and determining whether there is a user plane functional network element that meets the third screening condition.
  25. 根据权利要求24所述的装置,其特征在于,所述收发单元用于若所述处理单元确定有符合所述筛选条件的用户面功能网元,将所述会话管理功能网元的第一状态信息发送给网络功能存储库功能网元,所述会话管理功能网元的第一状态信息用于指示所述会话管理功能网元在所述筛选条件下可用,包括:The device according to claim 24, wherein the transceiver unit is configured to: if the processing unit determines that there is a user plane function network element that meets the screening condition, change the first state of the session management function network element The information is sent to a network function repository function network element, and the first state information of the session management function network element is used to indicate that the session management function network element is available under the screening condition, including:
    所述筛选条件具体为所述第一筛选条件,若所述处理单元确定有符合所述第一筛选条件的用户面功能网元,所述收发单元将所述会话管理功能网元的第一状态信息发送给网络功能存储库功能网元,所述会话管理功能网元的所述第一状态信息用于指示所述会话管理功能网元在所述第一筛选条件下可用;The screening condition is specifically the first screening condition. If the processing unit determines that there is a user plane function network element that meets the first screening condition, the transceiver unit sets the first state of the session management function network element. The information is sent to a network function repository function network element, and the first state information of the session management function network element is used to indicate that the session management function network element is available under the first screening condition;
    或,or,
    所述筛选条件具体为所述第二筛选条件和所述第三筛选条件,若所述处理单元确定有符合所述第二筛选条件的用户面功能网元,所述收发单元将所述会话管理功能网元的第一状态信息发送给网络功能存储库功能网元,所述会话管理功能网元的所述第一状态信息用于指示所述会话管理功能网元在所述第二筛选条件下可用;或者,若有符合所述第三筛选条件的用户面功能网元,所述收发单元将所述会话管理功能网元的第一状态信息发送给网络功能存储 库功能网元,所述会话管理功能网元的所述第一状态信息用于指示所述会话管理功能网元在所述第三筛选条件下可用。The screening condition is specifically the second screening condition and the third screening condition. If the processing unit determines that there is a user plane function network element that meets the second screening condition, the transceiver unit manages the session. The first status information of the function network element is sent to the network function repository function network element, and the first status information of the session management function network element is used to indicate that the session management function network element is under the second screening condition. Available; or, if there is a user plane function network element that meets the third screening condition, the transceiver unit sends the first state information of the session management function network element to a network function repository function network element, the session The first state information of the management function network element is used to indicate that the session management function network element is available under the third screening condition.
  26. 一种装置,其特征在于,包括:A device, comprising:
    收发单元,用于接收来自移动性管理功能网元的请求消息,所述请求消息用于请求获得满足第四筛选条件的会话管理功能网元的信息;A transceiver unit, configured to receive a request message from a mobility management function network element, where the request message is used to request information about a session management function network element that meets a fourth screening condition;
    处理单元,用于根据至少一个会话管理功能网元的状态信息,确定是否有满足所述第四筛选条件的可用的会话管理功能网元,其中,所述至少一个会话管理功能网元的状态信息用于指示所述至少一个会话管理功能网元在所述第四筛选条件下是否处于可用状态;A processing unit, configured to determine, according to the status information of at least one session management function network element, whether there is an available session management function network element that satisfies the fourth screening condition, wherein the status information of the at least one session management function network element Configured to indicate whether the at least one session management function network element is in an available state under the fourth screening condition;
    所述收发单元,还用于向所述移动性管理功能网元发送筛选结果。The transceiver unit is further configured to send a screening result to the mobility management function network element.
  27. 根据权利要求26所述的装置,其特征在于,一个会话管理功能网元的状态信息包括:The apparatus according to claim 26, wherein the state information of a session management function network element comprises:
    指示所述一个会话管理功能网元为满足所述第四筛选条件的可用的会话管理功能网元的信息,或指示所述一个会话管理功能网元为满足所述第四筛选条件的不可用的会话管理功能网元的信息;或,Information indicating that the one session management function network element is an available session management function network element that meets the fourth screening condition, or indicating that the one session management function network element is an unavailable one that meets the fourth screening condition Information about the network element of the session management function; or,
    指示所述一个会话管理功能网元具有满足所述第四筛选条件的用户面功能网元的信息,或指示所述一个会话管理功能网元不具有满足所述第四筛选条件的用户面功能网元的信息。Information indicating that the one session management function network element has a user plane function network element that meets the fourth screening condition, or indicates that the one session management function network element does not have a user plane function network that meets the fourth screening condition Meta information.
  28. 根据权利要求26或27所述的装置,其特征在于,The device according to claim 26 or 27, wherein
    所述筛选结果具体为K个会话管理功能网元的信息,其中,所述K个会话管理功能网元的信息用于表示所述K个会话管理功能网元为满足所述第四筛选条件的可用的会话管理功能网元;或,The screening result is specifically information of K session management function network elements, where the information of the K session management function network elements is used to indicate that the K session management function network elements are the ones that satisfy the fourth screening condition. Available session management function network elements; or,
    所述筛选信息具体为失败指示,其中,所述失败指示表示没有满足所述第四筛选条件的可用的会话管理功能网元。The screening information is specifically a failure indication, where the failure indication indicates that no available session management function network element satisfies the fourth screening condition.
  29. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:处理器和存储器;所述存储器用于存储计算机执行指令,当所述通信装置运行时,所述处理器执行所述存储器存储的所述计算机执行指令,以使所述通信装置执行如权利要求1-10任一项所述的选择会话管理功能网元的方法。A communication device, comprising: a processor and a memory; the memory is configured to store a computer execution instruction, and when the communication device is running, the processor executes the computer execution instruction stored in the memory, In this way, the communication device executes the method for selecting a session management function network element according to any one of claims 1-10.
  30. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:处理器和存储器;所述存储器用于存储计算机执行指令,当所述通信装置运行时,所述处理器执行所述存储器存储的所述计算机执行指令,以使所述通信装置执行如权利要求11-15任一项所述的选择会话管理功能网元的方法。A communication device, comprising: a processor and a memory; the memory is configured to store a computer execution instruction, and when the communication device is running, the processor executes the computer execution instruction stored in the memory, In this way, the communication device executes the method for selecting a network element for a session management function according to any one of claims 11-15.
  31. 一种处理装置,其特征在于,包括:A processing device, comprising:
    存储器,用于存储计算机程序;Memory for storing computer programs;
    处理器,用于从所述存储器调用并运行所述计算机程序,以执行如权利要求1-10任一项,或权利要求11-15任一项所述的选择会话管理功能网元的方法。A processor, configured to call and run the computer program from the memory to execute the method of selecting a session management function network element according to any one of claims 1-10, or any one of claims 11-15.
  32. 一种处理器,其特征在于,用于执行如权利要求1-10任一项,或权利要求11-15任一项所述的选择会话管理功能网元的方法。A processor, which is configured to execute the method for selecting a network element for a session management function according to any one of claims 1-10, or any one of claims 11-15.
  33. 一种芯片系统,其特征在于,包括:A chip system is characterized in that it includes:
    存储器,用于存储计算机程序;Memory for storing computer programs;
    处理器,用于从所述存储器调用并运行所述计算机程序,使得安装有所述芯片系统的设备执行如权利要求1-10任一项,或权利要求11-15任一项所述的选择会话管理功能网元的方法。A processor, configured to call and run the computer program from the memory, so that a device having the chip system installed executes the selection according to any one of claims 1-10, or any one of claims 11-15 Method of session management function network element.
  34. 一种计算机可读存储介质,包括计算机程序,当其在计算机上运行时,使得所述计算机执行如权利要求1-10任一项,或权利要求11-15任一项所述的选择会话管理功能网元的 方法。A computer-readable storage medium including a computer program, which when run on a computer, causes the computer to perform the selection session management according to any one of claims 1-10, or any one of claims 11-15 Functional network element method.
  35. 一种计算机程序产品,所述计算机程序产品包括计算机程序,当所述计算机程序在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行如权利要求1-10任一项,或权利要求11-15任一项所述的选择会话管理功能网元的方法。A computer program product, the computer program product comprising a computer program, when the computer program is run on a computer, causing the computer to execute any one of claims 1-10, or any one of claims 11-15 Method for selecting a session management function network element.
  36. 一种用来执行权利要求1-10任一项所述的选择会话管理功能网元方法的装置。An apparatus for performing a method for selecting a network element for a session management function according to any one of claims 1-10.
  37. 一种用来执行权利要求11-15任一项所述的选择会话管理功能网元方法的装置。An apparatus for performing a method for selecting a network element for a session management function according to any one of claims 11-15.
PCT/CN2019/092894 2018-07-17 2019-06-26 Method, device and system for selecting session management function network element WO2020015503A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201810783829.1 2018-07-17
CN201810783829.1A CN110730487B (en) 2018-07-17 2018-07-17 Method, device and system for selecting session management function network element

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2020015503A1 true WO2020015503A1 (en) 2020-01-23

Family

ID=69164988

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2019/092894 WO2020015503A1 (en) 2018-07-17 2019-06-26 Method, device and system for selecting session management function network element

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN110730487B (en)
WO (1) WO2020015503A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN111405638B (en) * 2020-03-25 2021-09-21 广州爱浦路网络技术有限公司 Node N4-U tunnel selection method and device
CN113556742B (en) * 2020-04-23 2022-04-05 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Network architecture and distribution strategy configuration method
CN114979079B (en) * 2021-02-18 2023-07-21 中国移动通信有限公司研究院 Information processing method, information processing device, related equipment and storage medium

Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN107295499A (en) * 2016-04-01 2017-10-24 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Mobile communcations system and paging method

Family Cites Families (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101400017B (en) * 2007-09-29 2012-09-19 北京三星通信技术研究有限公司 Method for continuously receiving broadcast multicast service data supporting evolution
CN102196405B (en) * 2010-03-16 2015-09-16 中兴通讯股份有限公司 The method and system of acquiring session management information parameters by mobile management entity
KR20170119296A (en) * 2016-04-18 2017-10-26 한국전자통신연구원 Method and apparatus for communicating based on network slicing
CN106102106B (en) * 2016-06-20 2020-03-24 电信科学技术研究院 Terminal access method, device and network architecture
US10531420B2 (en) * 2017-01-05 2020-01-07 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Systems and methods for application-friendly protocol data unit (PDU) session management
US10694434B2 (en) * 2017-01-05 2020-06-23 Lg Electronics Inc. Method and base station for supporting handover
US10728952B2 (en) * 2017-01-09 2020-07-28 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. System and methods for session management

Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN107295499A (en) * 2016-04-01 2017-10-24 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Mobile communcations system and paging method

Non-Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
"23.501: Network Function Selection in 5G", SA WG2 MEETING #118BIS, 20 January 2017 (2017-01-20), XP051216529 *
CATT: "Network Function Selection", SA WG2 MEETING #118BIS, 20 January 2017 (2017-01-20), XP051216445 *
INTERDIGITAL INC.: "UE Requested Multi-access PDU Session Establishment", SA WG2 MEETING #126, 2 March 2018 (2018-03-02), XP051408553 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN110730487B (en) 2020-12-08
CN110730487A (en) 2020-01-24

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11671373B2 (en) Systems and methods for supporting traffic steering through a service function chain
US11026080B2 (en) Policy control function determining method, apparatus, and system
WO2019114684A1 (en) User policy acquisition
WO2018161803A1 (en) Method and device for selecting network slices
WO2021189869A1 (en) Information acquisition method and apparatus
EP4142218A1 (en) Slice access method, device and system
WO2021017999A1 (en) Policy control function network element selection method, device and system, and storage medium
WO2020108002A1 (en) Transmission policy determination method, policy control method, and device
WO2019223526A1 (en) Context management method and apparatus
WO2020015503A1 (en) Method, device and system for selecting session management function network element
KR20210034529A (en) Method and apparatus for controlling data rate in wireless communication system
WO2019223702A1 (en) Pdu session management method, apparatus and system
WO2022012122A1 (en) Communication method, device and system
WO2019037500A1 (en) Method and apparatus for selecting radio access network device
WO2022027659A1 (en) Load balancing method, and related device and system
WO2021051420A1 (en) Dns cache record determination method and apparatus
CN116569541A (en) Methods, systems, and computer readable media for providing optimized Binding Support Function (BSF) Packet Data Unit (PDU) session binding discovery response
WO2022171086A1 (en) Information acquisition supporting method, apparatus, device, and readable storage medium
WO2021052109A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2022151967A1 (en) Methods, network nodes, and computer readable media for dynamically discovering serving network node in core network
WO2021218270A1 (en) Communication method, device and system
EP3820091B1 (en) Communication system and method for operating a communication system
WO2021134175A1 (en) Roaming method and apparatus, and system
JP2021526744A (en) How to make mobile and mobile network configurations work to support non-public networks
WO2022141528A1 (en) Method and device for determining mec access point

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 19838438

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 19838438

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1